[175] | 1 | /*
|
---|
| 2 | * bltTabnotebook.c --
|
---|
| 3 | *
|
---|
| 4 | * This module implements a tab notebook widget for the BLT toolkit.
|
---|
| 5 | *
|
---|
| 6 | * Copyright 1998 Lucent Technologies, Inc.
|
---|
| 7 | *
|
---|
| 8 | * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
|
---|
| 9 | * its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
---|
| 10 | * granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
---|
| 11 | * copies and that both that the copyright notice and warranty
|
---|
| 12 | * disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, and that the names
|
---|
| 13 | * of Lucent Technologies or any of their entities not be used in
|
---|
| 14 | * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
|
---|
| 15 | * without specific, written prior permission.
|
---|
| 16 | *
|
---|
| 17 | * Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this
|
---|
| 18 | * software, including all implied warranties of merchantability and
|
---|
| 19 | * fitness. In no event shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any
|
---|
| 20 | * special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
---|
| 21 | * whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether in
|
---|
| 22 | * an action of contract, negligence or other tortuous action, arising
|
---|
| 23 | * out of or in connection with the use or performance of this
|
---|
| 24 | * software.
|
---|
| 25 | *
|
---|
| 26 | * Tabnotebook widget created by George A. Howlett (gah@bell-labs.com)
|
---|
| 27 | *
|
---|
| 28 | */
|
---|
| 29 |
|
---|
| 30 | #include "bltInt.h"
|
---|
| 31 |
|
---|
| 32 | #ifndef NO_TABNOTEBOOK
|
---|
| 33 | #include "bltBind.h"
|
---|
| 34 | #include "bltChain.h"
|
---|
| 35 | #include "bltHash.h"
|
---|
| 36 | #include "bltTile.h"
|
---|
| 37 |
|
---|
| 38 | #if (TK_MAJOR_VERSION == 4)
|
---|
| 39 | #define TK_REPARENTED 0x2000
|
---|
| 40 | #endif
|
---|
| 41 |
|
---|
| 42 | #define INVALID_FAIL 0
|
---|
| 43 | #define INVALID_OK 1
|
---|
| 44 |
|
---|
| 45 | /*
|
---|
| 46 | * The macro below is used to modify a "char" value (e.g. by casting
|
---|
| 47 | * it to an unsigned character) so that it can be used safely with
|
---|
| 48 | * macros such as isspace.
|
---|
| 49 | */
|
---|
| 50 | #define CLAMP(val,low,hi) \
|
---|
| 51 | (((val) < (low)) ? (low) : ((val) > (hi)) ? (hi) : (val))
|
---|
| 52 |
|
---|
| 53 | #define GAP 3
|
---|
| 54 | #define SELECT_PADX 4
|
---|
| 55 | #define SELECT_PADY 2
|
---|
| 56 | #define OUTER_PAD 2
|
---|
| 57 | #define LABEL_PAD 1
|
---|
| 58 | #define LABEL_PADX 2
|
---|
| 59 | #define LABEL_PADY 2
|
---|
| 60 | #define IMAGE_PAD 1
|
---|
| 61 | #define CORNER_OFFSET 3
|
---|
| 62 |
|
---|
| 63 | #define TAB_SCROLL_OFFSET 10
|
---|
| 64 |
|
---|
| 65 | #define SLANT_NONE 0
|
---|
| 66 | #define SLANT_LEFT 1
|
---|
| 67 | #define SLANT_RIGHT 2
|
---|
| 68 | #define SLANT_BOTH (SLANT_LEFT | SLANT_RIGHT)
|
---|
| 69 |
|
---|
| 70 | #define END (-1)
|
---|
| 71 | #define ODD(x) ((x) | 0x01)
|
---|
| 72 |
|
---|
| 73 | #define TABWIDTH(s, t) \
|
---|
| 74 | ((s)->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) ? (t)->height : (t)->width)
|
---|
| 75 | #define TABHEIGHT(s, t) \
|
---|
| 76 | ((s)->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) ? (t)->height : (t)->width)
|
---|
| 77 |
|
---|
| 78 | #define VPORTWIDTH(s) \
|
---|
| 79 | (((s)->side & SIDE_HORIZONTAL) ? (Tk_Width((s)->tkwin) - 2 * (s)->inset) : \
|
---|
| 80 | (Tk_Height((s)->tkwin) - 2 * (s)->inset))
|
---|
| 81 |
|
---|
| 82 | #define VPORTHEIGHT(s) \
|
---|
| 83 | (((s)->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) ? (Tk_Width((s)->tkwin) - 2 * (s)->inset) : \
|
---|
| 84 | (Tk_Height((s)->tkwin) - 2 * (s)->inset))
|
---|
| 85 |
|
---|
| 86 | #define GETATTR(t,attr) \
|
---|
| 87 | (((t)->attr != NULL) ? (t)->attr : (t)->nbPtr->defTabStyle.attr)
|
---|
| 88 |
|
---|
| 89 | /*
|
---|
| 90 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 91 | *
|
---|
| 92 | * Internal widget flags:
|
---|
| 93 | *
|
---|
| 94 | * TNB_LAYOUT The layout of the widget needs to be
|
---|
| 95 | * recomputed.
|
---|
| 96 | *
|
---|
| 97 | * TNB_REDRAW A redraw request is pending for the widget.
|
---|
| 98 | *
|
---|
| 99 | * TNB_SCROLL A scroll request is pending.
|
---|
| 100 | *
|
---|
| 101 | * TNB_FOCUS The widget is receiving keyboard events.
|
---|
| 102 | * Draw the focus highlight border around the
|
---|
| 103 | * widget.
|
---|
| 104 | *
|
---|
| 105 | * TNB_MULTIPLE_TIER Notebook is using multiple tiers.
|
---|
| 106 | *
|
---|
| 107 | * TNB_STATIC Notebook does not scroll.
|
---|
| 108 | *
|
---|
| 109 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 110 | */
|
---|
| 111 | #define TNB_LAYOUT (1<<0)
|
---|
| 112 | #define TNB_REDRAW (1<<1)
|
---|
| 113 | #define TNB_SCROLL (1<<2)
|
---|
| 114 | #define TNB_FOCUS (1<<4)
|
---|
| 115 |
|
---|
| 116 | #define TNB_STATIC (1<<8)
|
---|
| 117 | #define TNB_MULTIPLE_TIER (1<<9)
|
---|
| 118 |
|
---|
| 119 | #define PERFORATION_ACTIVE (1<<10)
|
---|
| 120 |
|
---|
| 121 | #define SIDE_TOP (1<<0)
|
---|
| 122 | #define SIDE_RIGHT (1<<1)
|
---|
| 123 | #define SIDE_LEFT (1<<2)
|
---|
| 124 | #define SIDE_BOTTOM (1<<3)
|
---|
| 125 |
|
---|
| 126 | #define SIDE_VERTICAL (SIDE_LEFT | SIDE_RIGHT)
|
---|
| 127 | #define SIDE_HORIZONTAL (SIDE_TOP | SIDE_BOTTOM)
|
---|
| 128 |
|
---|
| 129 | #define TAB_LABEL (ClientData)0
|
---|
| 130 | #define TAB_PERFORATION (ClientData)1
|
---|
| 131 |
|
---|
| 132 | #define DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND RGB_GREY90
|
---|
| 133 | #define DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_BG_MONO STD_ACTIVE_BG_MONO
|
---|
| 134 | #define DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND
|
---|
| 135 | #define DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_FG_MONO STD_ACTIVE_FG_MONO
|
---|
| 136 | #define DEF_TNB_BG_MONO STD_NORMAL_BG_MONO
|
---|
| 137 | #define DEF_TNB_BACKGROUND STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND
|
---|
| 138 | #define DEF_TNB_BORDERWIDTH "1"
|
---|
| 139 | #define DEF_TNB_COMMAND (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 140 | #define DEF_TNB_CURSOR (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 141 | #define DEF_TNB_DASHES "1"
|
---|
| 142 | #define DEF_TNB_FOREGROUND STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND
|
---|
| 143 | #define DEF_TNB_FG_MONO STD_NORMAL_FG_MONO
|
---|
| 144 | #define DEF_TNB_FONT STD_FONT
|
---|
| 145 | #define DEF_TNB_GAP "3"
|
---|
| 146 | #define DEF_TNB_HEIGHT "0"
|
---|
| 147 | #define DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_BACKGROUND STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND
|
---|
| 148 | #define DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO STD_NORMAL_BG_MONO
|
---|
| 149 | #define DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR RGB_BLACK
|
---|
| 150 | #define DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "2"
|
---|
| 151 | #define DEF_TNB_NORMAL_BACKGROUND STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND
|
---|
| 152 | #define DEF_TNB_NORMAL_FG_MONO STD_ACTIVE_FG_MONO
|
---|
| 153 | #define DEF_TNB_OUTER_PAD "3"
|
---|
| 154 | #define DEF_TNB_RELIEF "sunken"
|
---|
| 155 | #define DEF_TNB_ROTATE "0.0"
|
---|
| 156 | #define DEF_TNB_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0"
|
---|
| 157 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_BACKGROUND STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND
|
---|
| 158 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_BG_MONO STD_SELECT_BG_MONO
|
---|
| 159 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH "1"
|
---|
| 160 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_CMD (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 161 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_FOREGROUND STD_SELECT_FOREGROUND
|
---|
| 162 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_FG_MONO STD_SELECT_FG_MONO
|
---|
| 163 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_MODE "multiple"
|
---|
| 164 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_RELIEF "raised"
|
---|
| 165 | #define DEF_TNB_SELECT_PAD "5"
|
---|
| 166 | #define DEF_TNB_SHADOW_COLOR RGB_BLACK
|
---|
| 167 | #define DEF_TNB_SIDE "top"
|
---|
| 168 | #define DEF_TNB_SLANT "none"
|
---|
| 169 | #define DEF_TNB_TAB_BACKGROUND RGB_GREY82
|
---|
| 170 | #define DEF_TNB_TAB_BG_MONO STD_SELECT_BG_MONO
|
---|
| 171 | #define DEF_TNB_TAB_RELIEF "raised"
|
---|
| 172 | #define DEF_TNB_TAKE_FOCUS "1"
|
---|
| 173 | #define DEF_TNB_TEXT_COLOR STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND
|
---|
| 174 | #define DEF_TNB_TEXT_MONO STD_NORMAL_FG_MONO
|
---|
| 175 | #define DEF_TNB_TEXT_SIDE "left"
|
---|
| 176 | #define DEF_TNB_TIERS "1"
|
---|
| 177 | #define DEF_TNB_TILE (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 178 | #define DEF_TNB_WIDTH "0"
|
---|
| 179 | #define DEF_TNB_SAME_WIDTH "yes"
|
---|
| 180 | #define DEF_TNB_TEAROFF "yes"
|
---|
| 181 | #define DEF_TNB_PAGE_WIDTH "0"
|
---|
| 182 | #define DEF_TNB_PAGE_HEIGHT "0"
|
---|
| 183 |
|
---|
| 184 | #define DEF_TAB_ACTIVE_BG (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 185 | #define DEF_TAB_ACTIVE_FG (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 186 | #define DEF_TAB_ANCHOR "center"
|
---|
| 187 | #define DEF_TAB_BG (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 188 | #define DEF_TAB_COMMAND (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 189 | #define DEF_TAB_DATA (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 190 | #define DEF_TAB_FG (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 191 | #define DEF_TAB_FILL "none"
|
---|
| 192 | #define DEF_TAB_FONT (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 193 | #define DEF_TAB_HEIGHT "0"
|
---|
| 194 | #define DEF_TAB_IMAGE (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 195 | #define DEF_TAB_IPAD "0"
|
---|
| 196 | #define DEF_TAB_PAD "3"
|
---|
| 197 | #define DEF_TAB_PERF_COMMAND (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 198 | #define DEF_TAB_SELECT_BG (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 199 | #define DEF_TAB_SELECT_BORDERWIDTH "1"
|
---|
| 200 | #define DEF_TAB_SELECT_CMD (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 201 | #define DEF_TAB_SELECT_FG (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 202 | #define DEF_TAB_SHADOW (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 203 | #define DEF_TAB_STATE "normal"
|
---|
| 204 | #define DEF_TAB_STIPPLE "BLT"
|
---|
| 205 | #define DEF_TAB_BIND_TAGS "all"
|
---|
| 206 | #define DEF_TAB_TEXT (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 207 | #define DEF_TAB_VISUAL (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 208 | #define DEF_TAB_WIDTH "0"
|
---|
| 209 | #define DEF_TAB_WINDOW (char *)NULL
|
---|
| 210 |
|
---|
| 211 | typedef struct NotebookStruct Notebook;
|
---|
| 212 |
|
---|
| 213 | static void EmbeddedWidgetGeometryProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData, Tk_Window));
|
---|
| 214 | static void EmbeddedWidgetCustodyProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData, Tk_Window));
|
---|
| 215 |
|
---|
| 216 | static Tk_GeomMgr tabMgrInfo =
|
---|
| 217 | {
|
---|
| 218 | "notebook", /* Name of geometry manager used by winfo */
|
---|
| 219 | EmbeddedWidgetGeometryProc, /* Procedure to for new geometry requests */
|
---|
| 220 | EmbeddedWidgetCustodyProc, /* Procedure when window is taken away */
|
---|
| 221 | };
|
---|
| 222 |
|
---|
| 223 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltDashesOption;
|
---|
| 224 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltFillOption;
|
---|
| 225 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltDistanceOption;
|
---|
| 226 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltPositiveDistanceOption;
|
---|
| 227 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltPositiveCountOption;
|
---|
| 228 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltListOption;
|
---|
| 229 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltPadOption;
|
---|
| 230 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltShadowOption;
|
---|
| 231 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltStateOption;
|
---|
| 232 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltTileOption;
|
---|
| 233 | extern Tk_CustomOption bltUidOption;
|
---|
| 234 |
|
---|
| 235 | static int StringToImage _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 236 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec,
|
---|
| 237 | int offset));
|
---|
| 238 | static char *ImageToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 239 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
|
---|
| 240 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtrPtr));
|
---|
| 241 |
|
---|
| 242 | static int StringToWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 243 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec,
|
---|
| 244 | int offset));
|
---|
| 245 | static char *WindowToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 246 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
|
---|
| 247 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtrPtr));
|
---|
| 248 |
|
---|
| 249 | static int StringToSide _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 250 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec,
|
---|
| 251 | int offset));
|
---|
| 252 | static char *SideToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 253 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
|
---|
| 254 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtrPtr));
|
---|
| 255 |
|
---|
| 256 | static int StringToSlant _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 257 | Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *string, char *widgRec,
|
---|
| 258 | int offset));
|
---|
| 259 | static char *SlantToString _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
|
---|
| 260 | Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
|
---|
| 261 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtrPtr));
|
---|
| 262 |
|
---|
| 263 | /*
|
---|
| 264 | * Contains a pointer to the widget that's currently being configured.
|
---|
| 265 | * This is used in the custom configuration parse routine for images.
|
---|
| 266 | */
|
---|
| 267 | static Notebook *lastNotebookInstance;
|
---|
| 268 |
|
---|
| 269 | static Tk_CustomOption imageOption =
|
---|
| 270 | {
|
---|
| 271 | StringToImage, ImageToString, (ClientData)&lastNotebookInstance,
|
---|
| 272 | };
|
---|
| 273 |
|
---|
| 274 | static Tk_CustomOption sideOption =
|
---|
| 275 | {
|
---|
| 276 | StringToSide, SideToString, (ClientData)0,
|
---|
| 277 | };
|
---|
| 278 |
|
---|
| 279 | static Tk_CustomOption windowOption =
|
---|
| 280 | {
|
---|
| 281 | StringToWindow, WindowToString, (ClientData)0,
|
---|
| 282 | };
|
---|
| 283 |
|
---|
| 284 | static Tk_CustomOption slantOption =
|
---|
| 285 | {
|
---|
| 286 | StringToSlant, SlantToString, (ClientData)0,
|
---|
| 287 | };
|
---|
| 288 |
|
---|
| 289 | /*
|
---|
| 290 | * TabImage --
|
---|
| 291 | *
|
---|
| 292 | * When multiple instances of an image are displayed in the
|
---|
| 293 | * same widget, this can be inefficient in terms of both memory
|
---|
| 294 | * and time. We only need one instance of each image, regardless
|
---|
| 295 | * of number of times we use it. And searching/deleting instances
|
---|
| 296 | * can be very slow as the list gets large.
|
---|
| 297 | *
|
---|
| 298 | * The workaround, employed below, is to maintain a hash table of
|
---|
| 299 | * images that maintains a reference count for each image.
|
---|
| 300 | */
|
---|
| 301 |
|
---|
| 302 | typedef struct TabImageStruct {
|
---|
| 303 | int refCount; /* Reference counter for this image. */
|
---|
| 304 | Tk_Image tkImage; /* The Tk image being cached. */
|
---|
| 305 | int width, height; /* Dimensions of the cached image. */
|
---|
| 306 | Blt_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Hash table pointer to the image. */
|
---|
| 307 |
|
---|
| 308 | } *TabImage;
|
---|
| 309 |
|
---|
| 310 | #define ImageHeight(image) ((image)->height)
|
---|
| 311 | #define ImageWidth(image) ((image)->width)
|
---|
| 312 | #define ImageBits(image) ((image)->tkImage)
|
---|
| 313 |
|
---|
| 314 | #define TAB_VISIBLE (1<<0)
|
---|
| 315 | #define TAB_REDRAW (1<<2)
|
---|
| 316 |
|
---|
| 317 | typedef struct {
|
---|
| 318 | char *name; /* Identifier for tab entry */
|
---|
| 319 | int state; /* State of the tab: Disabled, active, or
|
---|
| 320 | * normal. */
|
---|
| 321 | unsigned int flags;
|
---|
| 322 |
|
---|
| 323 | int tier; /* Index of tier [1..numTiers] containing
|
---|
| 324 | * this tab. */
|
---|
| 325 |
|
---|
| 326 | int worldX, worldY; /* Position of the tab in world coordinates. */
|
---|
| 327 | int worldWidth, worldHeight;/* Dimensions of the tab, corrected for
|
---|
| 328 | * orientation (-side). It includes the
|
---|
| 329 | * border, padding, label, etc. */
|
---|
| 330 | int screenX, screenY;
|
---|
| 331 | short int screenWidth, screenHeight; /* */
|
---|
| 332 |
|
---|
| 333 | Notebook *nbPtr; /* Notebook that includes this
|
---|
| 334 | * tab. Needed for callbacks can pass
|
---|
| 335 | * only a tab pointer. */
|
---|
| 336 | Blt_Uid tags;
|
---|
| 337 |
|
---|
| 338 | /*
|
---|
| 339 | * Tab label:
|
---|
| 340 | */
|
---|
| 341 | Blt_Uid text; /* String displayed as the tab's label. */
|
---|
| 342 | TabImage image; /* Image displayed as the label. */
|
---|
| 343 |
|
---|
| 344 | short int textWidth, textHeight;
|
---|
| 345 | short int labelWidth, labelHeight;
|
---|
| 346 | Blt_Pad iPadX, iPadY; /* Internal padding around the text */
|
---|
| 347 |
|
---|
| 348 | Tk_Font font;
|
---|
| 349 |
|
---|
| 350 | /*
|
---|
| 351 | * Normal:
|
---|
| 352 | */
|
---|
| 353 | XColor *textColor; /* Text color */
|
---|
| 354 | Tk_3DBorder border; /* Background color and border for tab.*/
|
---|
| 355 |
|
---|
| 356 | /*
|
---|
| 357 | * Selected: Tab is currently selected.
|
---|
| 358 | */
|
---|
| 359 | XColor *selColor; /* Selected text color */
|
---|
| 360 | Tk_3DBorder selBorder; /* 3D border of selected folder. */
|
---|
| 361 |
|
---|
| 362 | /*
|
---|
| 363 | * Active: Mouse passes over the tab.
|
---|
| 364 | */
|
---|
| 365 | Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* Active background color. */
|
---|
| 366 | XColor *activeFgColor; /* Active text color */
|
---|
| 367 |
|
---|
| 368 | Shadow shadow;
|
---|
| 369 | Pixmap stipple; /* Stipple for outline of embedded window
|
---|
| 370 | * when torn off. */
|
---|
| 371 | /*
|
---|
| 372 | * Embedded widget information:
|
---|
| 373 | */
|
---|
| 374 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Widget to be mapped when the tab is
|
---|
| 375 | * selected. If NULL, don't make
|
---|
| 376 | * space for the page. */
|
---|
| 377 |
|
---|
| 378 | int reqWidth, reqHeight; /* If non-zero, overrides the
|
---|
| 379 | * requested dimensions of the
|
---|
| 380 | * embedded widget. */
|
---|
| 381 |
|
---|
| 382 | Tk_Window container; /* The window containing the embedded
|
---|
| 383 | * widget. Does not necessarily have
|
---|
| 384 | * to be the parent. */
|
---|
| 385 |
|
---|
| 386 | Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Anchor: indicates how the embedded
|
---|
| 387 | * widget is positioned within the
|
---|
| 388 | * extra space on the page. */
|
---|
| 389 |
|
---|
| 390 | Blt_Pad padX, padY; /* Padding around embedded widget */
|
---|
| 391 |
|
---|
| 392 | int fill; /* Indicates how the window should
|
---|
| 393 | * fill the page. */
|
---|
| 394 |
|
---|
| 395 | /*
|
---|
| 396 | * Auxillary information:
|
---|
| 397 | */
|
---|
| 398 | Blt_Uid command; /* Command (malloc-ed) invoked when the tab
|
---|
| 399 | * is selected */
|
---|
| 400 | Blt_Uid data; /* This value isn't used in C code.
|
---|
| 401 | * It may be used by clients in Tcl bindings
|
---|
| 402 | * to associate extra data (other than the
|
---|
| 403 | * label or name) with the tab. */
|
---|
| 404 |
|
---|
| 405 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr; /* Pointer to where the tab resides in the
|
---|
| 406 | * list of tabs. */
|
---|
| 407 | Blt_Uid perfCommand; /* Command (malloc-ed) invoked when the tab
|
---|
| 408 | * is selected */
|
---|
| 409 | GC textGC;
|
---|
| 410 | GC backGC;
|
---|
| 411 |
|
---|
| 412 | Blt_Tile tile;
|
---|
| 413 |
|
---|
| 414 | } Tab;
|
---|
| 415 |
|
---|
| 416 | static Tk_ConfigSpec tabConfigSpecs[] =
|
---|
| 417 | {
|
---|
| 418 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
|
---|
| 419 | "ActiveBackground", DEF_TAB_ACTIVE_BG,
|
---|
| 420 | Tk_Offset(Tab, activeBorder), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 421 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
|
---|
| 422 | "ActiveForeground", DEF_TAB_ACTIVE_FG,
|
---|
| 423 | Tk_Offset(Tab, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 424 | {TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
|
---|
| 425 | DEF_TAB_ANCHOR, Tk_Offset(Tab, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
|
---|
| 426 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
|
---|
| 427 | DEF_TAB_BG, Tk_Offset(Tab, border), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 428 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
|
---|
| 429 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags",
|
---|
| 430 | DEF_TAB_BIND_TAGS, Tk_Offset(Tab, tags),
|
---|
| 431 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltUidOption},
|
---|
| 432 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-command", "command", "Command",
|
---|
| 433 | DEF_TAB_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(Tab, command),
|
---|
| 434 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltUidOption},
|
---|
| 435 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-data", "data", "data",
|
---|
| 436 | DEF_TAB_DATA, Tk_Offset(Tab, data),
|
---|
| 437 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltUidOption},
|
---|
| 438 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
|
---|
| 439 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-fill", "fill", "Fill",
|
---|
| 440 | DEF_TAB_FILL, Tk_Offset(Tab, fill),
|
---|
| 441 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltFillOption},
|
---|
| 442 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
|
---|
| 443 | DEF_TAB_FG, Tk_Offset(Tab, textColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 444 | {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
|
---|
| 445 | DEF_TAB_FONT, Tk_Offset(Tab, font), 0},
|
---|
| 446 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-image", "image", "image",
|
---|
| 447 | DEF_TAB_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(Tab, image),
|
---|
| 448 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &imageOption},
|
---|
| 449 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-ipadx", "iPadX", "PadX",
|
---|
| 450 | DEF_TAB_IPAD, Tk_Offset(Tab, iPadX),
|
---|
| 451 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPadOption},
|
---|
| 452 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-ipady", "iPadY", "PadY",
|
---|
| 453 | DEF_TAB_IPAD, Tk_Offset(Tab, iPadY),
|
---|
| 454 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPadOption},
|
---|
| 455 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-padx", "padX", "PadX",
|
---|
| 456 | DEF_TAB_PAD, Tk_Offset(Tab, padX), 0, &bltPadOption},
|
---|
| 457 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-pady", "padY", "PadY",
|
---|
| 458 | DEF_TAB_PAD, Tk_Offset(Tab, padY), 0, &bltPadOption},
|
---|
| 459 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-perforationcommand", "perforationcommand",
|
---|
| 460 | "PerforationCommand",
|
---|
| 461 | DEF_TAB_PERF_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(Tab, perfCommand),
|
---|
| 462 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltUidOption},
|
---|
| 463 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Background",
|
---|
| 464 | DEF_TAB_SELECT_BG, Tk_Offset(Tab, selBorder), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 465 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Foreground",
|
---|
| 466 | DEF_TAB_SELECT_FG, Tk_Offset(Tab, selColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 467 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-shadow", "shadow", "Shadow",
|
---|
| 468 | DEF_TAB_SHADOW, Tk_Offset(Tab, shadow),
|
---|
| 469 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltShadowOption},
|
---|
| 470 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", "state", "State",
|
---|
| 471 | DEF_TAB_STATE, Tk_Offset(Tab, state),
|
---|
| 472 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltStateOption},
|
---|
| 473 | {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", "stipple", "Stipple",
|
---|
| 474 | DEF_TAB_STIPPLE, Tk_Offset(Tab, stipple), 0},
|
---|
| 475 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tile", "tile", "Tile",
|
---|
| 476 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Tab, tile), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
|
---|
| 477 | &bltTileOption},
|
---|
| 478 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-text", "Text", "Text",
|
---|
| 479 | DEF_TAB_TEXT, Tk_Offset(Tab, text),
|
---|
| 480 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltUidOption},
|
---|
| 481 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-window", "window", "Window",
|
---|
| 482 | DEF_TAB_WINDOW, Tk_Offset(Tab, tkwin),
|
---|
| 483 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &windowOption},
|
---|
| 484 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-windowheight", "windowHeight", "WindowHeight",
|
---|
| 485 | DEF_TAB_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Tab, reqHeight),
|
---|
| 486 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 487 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-windowwidth", "windowWidth", "WindowWidth",
|
---|
| 488 | DEF_TAB_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Tab, reqWidth),
|
---|
| 489 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 490 | {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL,
|
---|
| 491 | (char *)NULL, 0, 0}
|
---|
| 492 | };
|
---|
| 493 |
|
---|
| 494 | /*
|
---|
| 495 | * TabAttributes --
|
---|
| 496 | */
|
---|
| 497 | typedef struct {
|
---|
| 498 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Default window to map pages. */
|
---|
| 499 |
|
---|
| 500 | int reqWidth, reqHeight; /* Requested tab size. */
|
---|
| 501 | int constWidth;
|
---|
| 502 | int borderWidth; /* Width of 3D border around the tab's
|
---|
| 503 | * label. */
|
---|
| 504 | int pad; /* Extra padding of a tab entry */
|
---|
| 505 |
|
---|
| 506 | XColor *activeFgColor; /* Active foreground. */
|
---|
| 507 | Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* Active background. */
|
---|
| 508 | XColor *selColor; /* Selected foreground. */
|
---|
| 509 | Tk_Font font;
|
---|
| 510 | XColor *textColor;
|
---|
| 511 |
|
---|
| 512 | Tk_3DBorder border; /* Normal background. */
|
---|
| 513 | Tk_3DBorder selBorder; /* Selected background. */
|
---|
| 514 |
|
---|
| 515 | Blt_Dashes dashes;
|
---|
| 516 | GC normalGC, activeGC;
|
---|
| 517 | int relief;
|
---|
| 518 | char *command;
|
---|
| 519 | char *perfCommand; /* Command (malloc-ed) invoked when the tab
|
---|
| 520 | * is selected */
|
---|
| 521 | double rotate;
|
---|
| 522 | int textSide;
|
---|
| 523 |
|
---|
| 524 | } TabAttributes;
|
---|
| 525 |
|
---|
| 526 | struct NotebookStruct {
|
---|
| 527 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the widget.
|
---|
| 528 | * NULL means that the window has been
|
---|
| 529 | * destroyed but the data structures
|
---|
| 530 | * haven't yet been cleaned up.*/
|
---|
| 531 |
|
---|
| 532 | Display *display; /* Display containing widget; needed,
|
---|
| 533 | * among other things, to release
|
---|
| 534 | * resources after tkwin has already
|
---|
| 535 | * gone away. */
|
---|
| 536 |
|
---|
| 537 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with widget. */
|
---|
| 538 |
|
---|
| 539 | Tcl_Command cmdToken; /* Token for widget's command. */
|
---|
| 540 |
|
---|
| 541 | unsigned int flags; /* For bitfield definitions, see below */
|
---|
| 542 |
|
---|
| 543 | int inset; /* Total width of all borders, including
|
---|
| 544 | * traversal highlight and 3-D border.
|
---|
| 545 | * Indicates how much interior stuff must
|
---|
| 546 | * be offset from outside edges to leave
|
---|
| 547 | * room for borders. */
|
---|
| 548 |
|
---|
| 549 | int inset2; /* Total width of 3-D folder border + corner,
|
---|
| 550 | * Indicates how much interior stuff must
|
---|
| 551 | * be offset from outside edges of folder.*/
|
---|
| 552 |
|
---|
| 553 | int yPad; /* Extra offset for selected tab. Only
|
---|
| 554 | * for single tiers. */
|
---|
| 555 |
|
---|
| 556 | int pageTop; /* Offset from top of notebook to the
|
---|
| 557 | * start of the page. */
|
---|
| 558 |
|
---|
| 559 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* X Cursor */
|
---|
| 560 |
|
---|
| 561 | Tk_3DBorder border; /* 3D border surrounding the window. */
|
---|
| 562 | int borderWidth; /* Width of 3D border. */
|
---|
| 563 | int relief; /* 3D border relief. */
|
---|
| 564 |
|
---|
| 565 | XColor *shadowColor; /* Shadow color around folder. */
|
---|
| 566 | /*
|
---|
| 567 | * Focus highlight ring
|
---|
| 568 | */
|
---|
| 569 | int highlightWidth; /* Width in pixels of highlight to draw
|
---|
| 570 | * around widget when it has the focus.
|
---|
| 571 | * <= 0 means don't draw a highlight. */
|
---|
| 572 | XColor *highlightBgColor; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight
|
---|
| 573 | * area when highlight is off. */
|
---|
| 574 | XColor *highlightColor; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */
|
---|
| 575 |
|
---|
| 576 | GC highlightGC; /* GC for focus highlight. */
|
---|
| 577 |
|
---|
| 578 | char *takeFocus; /* Says whether to select this widget during
|
---|
| 579 | * tab traveral operations. This value isn't
|
---|
| 580 | * used in C code, but for the widget's Tcl
|
---|
| 581 | * bindings. */
|
---|
| 582 |
|
---|
| 583 |
|
---|
| 584 | int side; /* Orientation of the notebook: either
|
---|
| 585 | * SIDE_LEFT, SIDE_RIGHT, SIDE_TOP, or
|
---|
| 586 | * SIDE_BOTTOM. */
|
---|
| 587 |
|
---|
| 588 | int slant;
|
---|
| 589 | int overlap;
|
---|
| 590 | int gap;
|
---|
| 591 | int tabWidth, tabHeight;
|
---|
| 592 | int xSelectPad, ySelectPad; /* Padding around label of the selected tab. */
|
---|
| 593 | int outerPad; /* Padding around the exterior of the notebook
|
---|
| 594 | * and folder. */
|
---|
| 595 |
|
---|
| 596 | TabAttributes defTabStyle; /* Global attribute information specific to
|
---|
| 597 | * tabs. */
|
---|
| 598 | Blt_Tile tile;
|
---|
| 599 |
|
---|
| 600 | int reqWidth, reqHeight; /* Requested dimensions of the notebook
|
---|
| 601 | * window. */
|
---|
| 602 | int pageWidth, pageHeight; /* Dimensions of a page in the folder. */
|
---|
| 603 | int reqPageWidth, reqPageHeight; /* Requested dimensions of a page. */
|
---|
| 604 |
|
---|
| 605 | int lastX, lastY;
|
---|
| 606 | /*
|
---|
| 607 | * Scrolling information:
|
---|
| 608 | */
|
---|
| 609 | int worldWidth;
|
---|
| 610 | int scrollOffset; /* Offset of viewport in world coordinates. */
|
---|
| 611 | char *scrollCmdPrefix; /* Command strings to control scrollbar.*/
|
---|
| 612 |
|
---|
| 613 | int scrollUnits; /* Smallest unit of scrolling for tabs. */
|
---|
| 614 |
|
---|
| 615 | /*
|
---|
| 616 | * Scanning information:
|
---|
| 617 | */
|
---|
| 618 | int scanAnchor; /* Scan anchor in screen coordinates. */
|
---|
| 619 | int scanOffset; /* Offset of the start of the scan in world
|
---|
| 620 | * coordinates.*/
|
---|
| 621 |
|
---|
| 622 |
|
---|
| 623 | int corner; /* Number of pixels to offset next point
|
---|
| 624 | * when drawing corners of the folder. */
|
---|
| 625 | int reqTiers; /* Requested number of tiers. Zero means to
|
---|
| 626 | * dynamically scroll if there are too many
|
---|
| 627 | * tabs to be display on a single tier. */
|
---|
| 628 | int nTiers; /* Actual number of tiers. */
|
---|
| 629 |
|
---|
| 630 | Blt_HashTable imageTable;
|
---|
| 631 |
|
---|
| 632 |
|
---|
| 633 | Tab *selectPtr; /* The currently selected tab.
|
---|
| 634 | * (i.e. its page is displayed). */
|
---|
| 635 |
|
---|
| 636 | Tab *activePtr; /* Tab last located under the pointer.
|
---|
| 637 | * It is displayed with its active
|
---|
| 638 | * foreground/background colors. */
|
---|
| 639 |
|
---|
| 640 | Tab *focusPtr; /* Tab currently receiving focus. */
|
---|
| 641 |
|
---|
| 642 | Tab *startPtr; /* The first tab on the first tier. */
|
---|
| 643 |
|
---|
| 644 | Blt_Chain *chainPtr; /* List of tab entries. Used to
|
---|
| 645 | * arrange placement of tabs. */
|
---|
| 646 |
|
---|
| 647 | Blt_HashTable tabTable; /* Hash table of tab entries. Used for
|
---|
| 648 | * lookups of tabs by name. */
|
---|
| 649 | int nextId;
|
---|
| 650 |
|
---|
| 651 | int nVisible; /* Number of tabs that are currently visible
|
---|
| 652 | * in the view port. */
|
---|
| 653 |
|
---|
| 654 | Blt_BindTable bindTable; /* Tab binding information */
|
---|
| 655 | Blt_HashTable tagTable; /* Table of bind tags. */
|
---|
| 656 |
|
---|
| 657 | int tearoff;
|
---|
| 658 | };
|
---|
| 659 |
|
---|
| 660 | static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] =
|
---|
| 661 | {
|
---|
| 662 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
|
---|
| 663 | "activeBackground",
|
---|
| 664 | DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.activeBorder),
|
---|
| 665 | TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 666 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
|
---|
| 667 | "activeBackground",
|
---|
| 668 | DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.activeBorder),
|
---|
| 669 | TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 670 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
|
---|
| 671 | "activeForeground", DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND,
|
---|
| 672 | Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 673 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
|
---|
| 674 | "activeForeground", DEF_TNB_ACTIVE_FG_MONO,
|
---|
| 675 | Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 676 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
|
---|
| 677 | DEF_TNB_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, border), TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 678 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
|
---|
| 679 | DEF_TNB_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, border), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 680 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
|
---|
| 681 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
|
---|
| 682 | {TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
|
---|
| 683 | DEF_TNB_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(Notebook, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 684 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
|
---|
| 685 | DEF_TNB_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Notebook, borderWidth),
|
---|
| 686 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 687 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes",
|
---|
| 688 | DEF_TNB_DASHES, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.dashes),
|
---|
| 689 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltDashesOption},
|
---|
| 690 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-fg", "tabForeground", (char *)NULL,
|
---|
| 691 | (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
|
---|
| 692 | {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
|
---|
| 693 | DEF_TNB_FONT, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.font), 0},
|
---|
| 694 | {TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-foreground", "tabForeground", (char *)NULL,
|
---|
| 695 | (char *)NULL, 0, 0},
|
---|
| 696 | {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-gap", "gap", "Gap",
|
---|
| 697 | DEF_TNB_GAP, Tk_Offset(Notebook, gap),
|
---|
| 698 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 699 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-height", "height", "Height",
|
---|
| 700 | DEF_TNB_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Notebook, reqHeight),
|
---|
| 701 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 702 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
|
---|
| 703 | "HighlightBackground",
|
---|
| 704 | DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, highlightBgColor),
|
---|
| 705 | TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 706 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
|
---|
| 707 | "HighlightBackground",
|
---|
| 708 | DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, highlightBgColor),
|
---|
| 709 | TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 710 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
|
---|
| 711 | DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(Notebook, highlightColor), 0},
|
---|
| 712 | {TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
|
---|
| 713 | "HighlightThickness",
|
---|
| 714 | DEF_TNB_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Notebook, highlightWidth),
|
---|
| 715 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
|
---|
| 716 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outerpad", "outerPad", "OuterPad",
|
---|
| 717 | DEF_TNB_OUTER_PAD, Tk_Offset(Notebook, outerPad),
|
---|
| 718 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 719 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-pageheight", "pageHeight", "PageHeight",
|
---|
| 720 | DEF_TNB_PAGE_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Notebook, reqPageHeight),
|
---|
| 721 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 722 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-pagewidth", "pageWidth", "PageWidth",
|
---|
| 723 | DEF_TNB_PAGE_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Notebook, reqPageWidth),
|
---|
| 724 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 725 | {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-perforationcommand", "perforationcommand",
|
---|
| 726 | "PerforationCommand",
|
---|
| 727 | DEF_TAB_PERF_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.perfCommand),
|
---|
| 728 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &bltUidOption},
|
---|
| 729 | {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
|
---|
| 730 | DEF_TNB_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(Notebook, relief), 0},
|
---|
| 731 | {TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-rotate", "rotate", "Rotate",
|
---|
| 732 | DEF_TNB_ROTATE, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.rotate),
|
---|
| 733 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
|
---|
| 734 | {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-samewidth", "sameWidth", "SameWidth",
|
---|
| 735 | DEF_TNB_SAME_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.constWidth),
|
---|
| 736 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
|
---|
| 737 | {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scrollcommand", "scrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
|
---|
| 738 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Notebook, scrollCmdPrefix), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 739 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-scrollincrement", "scrollIncrement",
|
---|
| 740 | "ScrollIncrement",
|
---|
| 741 | DEF_TNB_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(Notebook, scrollUnits),
|
---|
| 742 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPositiveDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 743 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
|
---|
| 744 | DEF_TNB_SELECT_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.selBorder),
|
---|
| 745 | TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 746 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
|
---|
| 747 | DEF_TNB_SELECT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.selBorder),
|
---|
| 748 | TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 749 | {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-selectcommand", "selectCommand", "SelectCommand",
|
---|
| 750 | DEF_TNB_SELECT_CMD, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.command),
|
---|
| 751 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 752 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
|
---|
| 753 | DEF_TNB_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.selColor),
|
---|
| 754 | TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 755 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
|
---|
| 756 | DEF_TNB_SELECT_FOREGROUND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.selColor),
|
---|
| 757 | TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 758 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-selectpad", "selectPad", "SelectPad",
|
---|
| 759 | DEF_TNB_SELECT_PAD, Tk_Offset(Notebook, xSelectPad),
|
---|
| 760 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 761 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-shadowcolor", "shadowColor", "ShadowColor",
|
---|
| 762 | DEF_TNB_SHADOW_COLOR, Tk_Offset(Notebook, shadowColor), 0},
|
---|
| 763 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-side", "side", "side",
|
---|
| 764 | DEF_TNB_SIDE, Tk_Offset(Notebook, side),
|
---|
| 765 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &sideOption},
|
---|
| 766 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-slant", "slant", "Slant",
|
---|
| 767 | DEF_TNB_SLANT, Tk_Offset(Notebook, slant),
|
---|
| 768 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &slantOption},
|
---|
| 769 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-tabbackground", "tabBackground", "Background",
|
---|
| 770 | DEF_TNB_TAB_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.border),
|
---|
| 771 | TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 772 | {TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-tabbackground", "tabBackground", "Background",
|
---|
| 773 | DEF_TNB_TAB_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.border),
|
---|
| 774 | TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 775 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tabborderwidth", "tabBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
|
---|
| 776 | DEF_TNB_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.borderWidth),
|
---|
| 777 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 778 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-tabforeground", "tabForeground", "Foreground",
|
---|
| 779 | DEF_TNB_TEXT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.textColor),
|
---|
| 780 | TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
|
---|
| 781 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-tabforeground", "tabForeground", "Foreground",
|
---|
| 782 | DEF_TNB_TEXT_MONO, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.textColor),
|
---|
| 783 | TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
|
---|
| 784 | {TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-tabrelief", "tabRelief", "TabRelief",
|
---|
| 785 | DEF_TNB_TAB_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.relief), 0},
|
---|
| 786 | {TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
|
---|
| 787 | DEF_TNB_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(Notebook, takeFocus), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
|
---|
| 788 | {TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearoff", "Tearoff",
|
---|
| 789 | DEF_TNB_TEAROFF, Tk_Offset(Notebook, tearoff),
|
---|
| 790 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
|
---|
| 791 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-textside", "textSide", "TextSide",
|
---|
| 792 | DEF_TNB_TEXT_SIDE, Tk_Offset(Notebook, defTabStyle.textSide),
|
---|
| 793 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &sideOption},
|
---|
| 794 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tiers", "tiers", "Tiers",
|
---|
| 795 | DEF_TNB_TIERS, Tk_Offset(Notebook, reqTiers),
|
---|
| 796 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltPositiveCountOption},
|
---|
| 797 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tile", "tile", "Tile",
|
---|
| 798 | (char *)NULL, Tk_Offset(Notebook, tile), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
|
---|
| 799 | &bltTileOption},
|
---|
| 800 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", "width", "Width",
|
---|
| 801 | DEF_TNB_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Notebook, reqWidth),
|
---|
| 802 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &bltDistanceOption},
|
---|
| 803 | {TK_CONFIG_END, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL,
|
---|
| 804 | (char *)NULL, 0, 0}
|
---|
| 805 | };
|
---|
| 806 |
|
---|
| 807 | /* Forward Declarations */
|
---|
| 808 | static void DestroyNotebook _ANSI_ARGS_((DestroyData dataPtr));
|
---|
| 809 | static void DestroyTearoff _ANSI_ARGS_((DestroyData dataPtr));
|
---|
| 810 | static void EmbeddedWidgetEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientdata,
|
---|
| 811 | XEvent *eventPtr));
|
---|
| 812 | static void TearoffEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientdata,
|
---|
| 813 | XEvent *eventPtr));
|
---|
| 814 | static void NotebookEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientdata,
|
---|
| 815 | XEvent *eventPtr));
|
---|
| 816 | static void DrawLabel _ANSI_ARGS_((Notebook *nbPtr, Tab *tabPtr,
|
---|
| 817 | Drawable drawable));
|
---|
| 818 | static void DrawFolder _ANSI_ARGS_((Notebook *nbPtr, Tab *tabPtr,
|
---|
| 819 | Drawable drawable));
|
---|
| 820 | static void DisplayNotebook _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
|
---|
| 821 | static void DisplayTearoff _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
|
---|
| 822 | static void NotebookInstDeletedCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientdata));
|
---|
| 823 | static int NotebookInstCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientdata,
|
---|
| 824 | Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char **argv));
|
---|
| 825 | static void GetWindowRectangle _ANSI_ARGS_((Tab *tabPtr, Tk_Window parent,
|
---|
| 826 | int tearOff, XRectangle *rectPtr));
|
---|
| 827 | static void ArrangeWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, XRectangle *rectPtr,
|
---|
| 828 | int force));
|
---|
| 829 | static void EventuallyRedraw _ANSI_ARGS_((Notebook *nbPtr));
|
---|
| 830 | static void EventuallyRedrawTearoff _ANSI_ARGS_((Tab *tabPtr));
|
---|
| 831 | static void ComputeLayout _ANSI_ARGS_((Notebook *nbPtr));
|
---|
| 832 | static void DrawOuterBorders _ANSI_ARGS_((Notebook *nbPtr,
|
---|
| 833 | Drawable drawable));
|
---|
| 834 |
|
---|
| 835 | static Tk_ImageChangedProc ImageChangedProc;
|
---|
| 836 | static Blt_TileChangedProc TileChangedProc;
|
---|
| 837 | static Blt_BindTagProc GetTags;
|
---|
| 838 | static Blt_BindPickProc PickTab;
|
---|
| 839 | static Tcl_IdleProc AdoptWindow;
|
---|
| 840 | static Tcl_CmdProc NotebookCmd;
|
---|
| 841 |
|
---|
| 842 | static ClientData
|
---|
| 843 | MakeTag(nbPtr, tagName)
|
---|
| 844 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 845 | char *tagName;
|
---|
| 846 | {
|
---|
| 847 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 848 | int isNew;
|
---|
| 849 |
|
---|
| 850 | hPtr = Blt_CreateHashEntry(&(nbPtr->tagTable), tagName, &isNew);
|
---|
| 851 | assert(hPtr);
|
---|
| 852 | return Blt_GetHashKey(&(nbPtr->tagTable), hPtr);
|
---|
| 853 | }
|
---|
| 854 |
|
---|
| 855 | /*
|
---|
| 856 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 857 | *
|
---|
| 858 | * WorldToScreen --
|
---|
| 859 | *
|
---|
| 860 | * Converts world coordinates to screen coordinates. Note that
|
---|
| 861 | * the world view is always tabs up.
|
---|
| 862 | *
|
---|
| 863 | * Results:
|
---|
| 864 | * The screen coordinates are returned via *xScreenPtr and *yScreenPtr.
|
---|
| 865 | *
|
---|
| 866 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 867 | */
|
---|
| 868 | static void
|
---|
| 869 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, x, y, xScreenPtr, yScreenPtr)
|
---|
| 870 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 871 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 872 | int *xScreenPtr, *yScreenPtr;
|
---|
| 873 | {
|
---|
| 874 | int sx, sy;
|
---|
| 875 |
|
---|
| 876 | sx = sy = 0; /* Suppress compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 877 |
|
---|
| 878 | /* Translate world X-Y to screen coordinates */
|
---|
| 879 | /*
|
---|
| 880 | * Note that the world X-coordinate is translated by the selected label's
|
---|
| 881 | * X padding. This is done only to keep the scroll range is between
|
---|
| 882 | * 0.0 and 1.0, rather adding/subtracting the pad in various locations.
|
---|
| 883 | * It may be changed back in the future.
|
---|
| 884 | */
|
---|
| 885 | x += (nbPtr->inset +
|
---|
| 886 | nbPtr->xSelectPad -
|
---|
| 887 | nbPtr->scrollOffset);
|
---|
| 888 | y += nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->yPad;
|
---|
| 889 |
|
---|
| 890 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 891 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 892 | sx = x, sy = y; /* Do nothing */
|
---|
| 893 | break;
|
---|
| 894 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 895 | sx = Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin) - y;
|
---|
| 896 | sy = x;
|
---|
| 897 | break;
|
---|
| 898 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 899 | sx = y, sy = x; /* Flip coordinates */
|
---|
| 900 | break;
|
---|
| 901 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 902 | sx = x;
|
---|
| 903 | sy = Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin) - y;
|
---|
| 904 | break;
|
---|
| 905 | }
|
---|
| 906 | *xScreenPtr = sx;
|
---|
| 907 | *yScreenPtr = sy;
|
---|
| 908 | }
|
---|
| 909 |
|
---|
| 910 | /*
|
---|
| 911 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 912 | *
|
---|
| 913 | * EventuallyRedraw --
|
---|
| 914 | *
|
---|
| 915 | * Queues a request to redraw the widget at the next idle point.
|
---|
| 916 | *
|
---|
| 917 | * Results:
|
---|
| 918 | * None.
|
---|
| 919 | *
|
---|
| 920 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 921 | * Information gets redisplayed. Right now we don't do selective
|
---|
| 922 | * redisplays: the whole window will be redrawn.
|
---|
| 923 | *
|
---|
| 924 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 925 | */
|
---|
| 926 | static void
|
---|
| 927 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr)
|
---|
| 928 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 929 | {
|
---|
| 930 | if ((nbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(nbPtr->flags & TNB_REDRAW)) {
|
---|
| 931 | nbPtr->flags |= TNB_REDRAW;
|
---|
| 932 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayNotebook, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 933 | }
|
---|
| 934 | }
|
---|
| 935 |
|
---|
| 936 | /*
|
---|
| 937 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 938 | *
|
---|
| 939 | * EventuallyRedrawTearoff --
|
---|
| 940 | *
|
---|
| 941 | * Queues a request to redraw the tearoff at the next idle point.
|
---|
| 942 | *
|
---|
| 943 | * Results:
|
---|
| 944 | * None.
|
---|
| 945 | *
|
---|
| 946 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 947 | * Information gets redisplayed. Right now we don't do selective
|
---|
| 948 | * redisplays: the whole window will be redrawn.
|
---|
| 949 | *
|
---|
| 950 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 951 | */
|
---|
| 952 | static void
|
---|
| 953 | EventuallyRedrawTearoff(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 954 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 955 | {
|
---|
| 956 | if ((tabPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(tabPtr->flags & TAB_REDRAW)) {
|
---|
| 957 | tabPtr->flags |= TAB_REDRAW;
|
---|
| 958 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayTearoff, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 959 | }
|
---|
| 960 | }
|
---|
| 961 |
|
---|
| 962 | /*
|
---|
| 963 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 964 | *
|
---|
| 965 | * ImageChangedProc
|
---|
| 966 | *
|
---|
| 967 | * This routine is called whenever an image displayed in a tab
|
---|
| 968 | * changes. In this case, we assume that everything will change
|
---|
| 969 | * and queue a request to re-layout and redraw the entire notebook.
|
---|
| 970 | *
|
---|
| 971 | * Results:
|
---|
| 972 | * None.
|
---|
| 973 | *
|
---|
| 974 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 975 | */
|
---|
| 976 | /* ARGSUSED */
|
---|
| 977 | static void
|
---|
| 978 | ImageChangedProc(clientData, x, y, width, height, imageWidth, imageHeight)
|
---|
| 979 | ClientData clientData;
|
---|
| 980 | int x, y, width, height; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 981 | int imageWidth, imageHeight;/* Not used. */
|
---|
| 982 | {
|
---|
| 983 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 984 |
|
---|
| 985 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 986 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 987 | }
|
---|
| 988 |
|
---|
| 989 | /*
|
---|
| 990 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 991 | *
|
---|
| 992 | * GetImage --
|
---|
| 993 | *
|
---|
| 994 | * This is a wrapper procedure for Tk_GetImage. The problem is
|
---|
| 995 | * that if the same image is used repeatedly in the same widget,
|
---|
| 996 | * the separate instances are saved in a linked list. This makes
|
---|
| 997 | * it especially slow to destroy the widget. As a workaround,
|
---|
| 998 | * this routine hashes the image and maintains a reference count
|
---|
| 999 | * for it.
|
---|
| 1000 | *
|
---|
| 1001 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1002 | * Returns a pointer to the new image.
|
---|
| 1003 | *
|
---|
| 1004 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1005 | */
|
---|
| 1006 | static TabImage
|
---|
| 1007 | GetImage(nbPtr, interp, tkwin, name)
|
---|
| 1008 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1009 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 1010 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 1011 | char *name;
|
---|
| 1012 | {
|
---|
| 1013 | struct TabImageStruct *imagePtr;
|
---|
| 1014 | int isNew;
|
---|
| 1015 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 1016 |
|
---|
| 1017 | hPtr = Blt_CreateHashEntry(&(nbPtr->imageTable), name, &isNew);
|
---|
| 1018 | if (isNew) {
|
---|
| 1019 | Tk_Image tkImage;
|
---|
| 1020 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 1021 |
|
---|
| 1022 | tkImage = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, name, ImageChangedProc, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 1023 | if (tkImage == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1024 | Blt_DeleteHashEntry(&(nbPtr->imageTable), hPtr);
|
---|
| 1025 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 1026 | }
|
---|
| 1027 | Tk_SizeOfImage(tkImage, &width, &height);
|
---|
| 1028 | imagePtr = Blt_Malloc(sizeof(struct TabImageStruct));
|
---|
| 1029 | imagePtr->tkImage = tkImage;
|
---|
| 1030 | imagePtr->hashPtr = hPtr;
|
---|
| 1031 | imagePtr->refCount = 1;
|
---|
| 1032 | imagePtr->width = width;
|
---|
| 1033 | imagePtr->height = height;
|
---|
| 1034 | Blt_SetHashValue(hPtr, imagePtr);
|
---|
| 1035 | } else {
|
---|
| 1036 | imagePtr = (struct TabImageStruct *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
---|
| 1037 | imagePtr->refCount++;
|
---|
| 1038 | }
|
---|
| 1039 | return imagePtr;
|
---|
| 1040 | }
|
---|
| 1041 |
|
---|
| 1042 | /*
|
---|
| 1043 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1044 | *
|
---|
| 1045 | * FreeImage --
|
---|
| 1046 | *
|
---|
| 1047 | * Releases the image if it's not being used anymore by this
|
---|
| 1048 | * widget. Note there may be several uses of the same image
|
---|
| 1049 | * by many tabs.
|
---|
| 1050 | *
|
---|
| 1051 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1052 | * None.
|
---|
| 1053 | *
|
---|
| 1054 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 1055 | * The reference count is decremented and the image is freed
|
---|
| 1056 | * is it's not being used anymore.
|
---|
| 1057 | *
|
---|
| 1058 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1059 | */
|
---|
| 1060 | static void
|
---|
| 1061 | FreeImage(nbPtr, imagePtr)
|
---|
| 1062 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1063 | struct TabImageStruct *imagePtr;
|
---|
| 1064 | {
|
---|
| 1065 | imagePtr->refCount--;
|
---|
| 1066 | if (imagePtr->refCount == 0) {
|
---|
| 1067 | Blt_DeleteHashEntry(&(nbPtr->imageTable), imagePtr->hashPtr);
|
---|
| 1068 | Tk_FreeImage(imagePtr->tkImage);
|
---|
| 1069 | Blt_Free(imagePtr);
|
---|
| 1070 | }
|
---|
| 1071 | }
|
---|
| 1072 |
|
---|
| 1073 | /*
|
---|
| 1074 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1075 | *
|
---|
| 1076 | * StringToImage --
|
---|
| 1077 | *
|
---|
| 1078 | * Converts an image name into a Tk image token.
|
---|
| 1079 | *
|
---|
| 1080 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1081 | * If the string is successfully converted, TCL_OK is returned.
|
---|
| 1082 | * Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left
|
---|
| 1083 | * in interpreter's result field.
|
---|
| 1084 | *
|
---|
| 1085 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1086 | */
|
---|
| 1087 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1088 | static int
|
---|
| 1089 | StringToImage(clientData, interp, tkwin, string, widgRec, offset)
|
---|
| 1090 | ClientData clientData; /* Contains a pointer to the notebook containing
|
---|
| 1091 | * this image. */
|
---|
| 1092 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to send results back to */
|
---|
| 1093 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window associated with the notebook. */
|
---|
| 1094 | char *string; /* String representation */
|
---|
| 1095 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1096 | int offset; /* Offset to field in structure */
|
---|
| 1097 | {
|
---|
| 1098 | Notebook *nbPtr = *(Notebook **)clientData;
|
---|
| 1099 | TabImage *imagePtr = (TabImage *) (widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1100 | TabImage image;
|
---|
| 1101 |
|
---|
| 1102 | image = NULL;
|
---|
| 1103 | if ((string != NULL) && (*string != '\0')) {
|
---|
| 1104 | image = GetImage(nbPtr, interp, tkwin, string);
|
---|
| 1105 | if (image == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1106 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1107 | }
|
---|
| 1108 | }
|
---|
| 1109 | if (*imagePtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1110 | FreeImage(nbPtr, *imagePtr);
|
---|
| 1111 | }
|
---|
| 1112 | *imagePtr = image;
|
---|
| 1113 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1114 | }
|
---|
| 1115 |
|
---|
| 1116 | /*
|
---|
| 1117 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1118 | *
|
---|
| 1119 | * ImageToString --
|
---|
| 1120 | *
|
---|
| 1121 | * Converts the Tk image back to its string representation (i.e.
|
---|
| 1122 | * its name).
|
---|
| 1123 | *
|
---|
| 1124 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1125 | * The name of the image is returned.
|
---|
| 1126 | *
|
---|
| 1127 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1128 | */
|
---|
| 1129 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1130 | static char *
|
---|
| 1131 | ImageToString(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr)
|
---|
| 1132 | ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to notebook containing image. */
|
---|
| 1133 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1134 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1135 | int offset; /* Offset of field in record */
|
---|
| 1136 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Memory deallocation scheme to use */
|
---|
| 1137 | {
|
---|
| 1138 | Notebook *nbPtr = *(Notebook **)clientData;
|
---|
| 1139 | TabImage *imagePtr = (TabImage *) (widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1140 |
|
---|
| 1141 | if (*imagePtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1142 | return "";
|
---|
| 1143 | }
|
---|
| 1144 | return Blt_GetHashKey(&(nbPtr->imageTable), (*imagePtr)->hashPtr);
|
---|
| 1145 | }
|
---|
| 1146 |
|
---|
| 1147 | /*
|
---|
| 1148 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1149 | *
|
---|
| 1150 | * StringToWindow --
|
---|
| 1151 | *
|
---|
| 1152 | * Converts a window name into Tk window.
|
---|
| 1153 | *
|
---|
| 1154 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1155 | * If the string is successfully converted, TCL_OK is returned.
|
---|
| 1156 | * Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left
|
---|
| 1157 | * in interpreter's result field.
|
---|
| 1158 | *
|
---|
| 1159 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1160 | */
|
---|
| 1161 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1162 | static int
|
---|
| 1163 | StringToWindow(clientData, interp, parent, string, widgRec, offset)
|
---|
| 1164 | ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1165 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to send results back to */
|
---|
| 1166 | Tk_Window parent; /* Parent window */
|
---|
| 1167 | char *string; /* String representation. */
|
---|
| 1168 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1169 | int offset; /* Offset to field in structure */
|
---|
| 1170 | {
|
---|
| 1171 | Tab *tabPtr = (Tab *)widgRec;
|
---|
| 1172 | Tk_Window *tkwinPtr = (Tk_Window *)(widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1173 | Tk_Window old, tkwin;
|
---|
| 1174 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1175 |
|
---|
| 1176 | old = *tkwinPtr;
|
---|
| 1177 | tkwin = NULL;
|
---|
| 1178 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1179 | if ((string != NULL) && (*string != '\0')) {
|
---|
| 1180 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, parent);
|
---|
| 1181 | if (tkwin == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1182 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1183 | }
|
---|
| 1184 | if (tkwin == old) {
|
---|
| 1185 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1186 | }
|
---|
| 1187 | /*
|
---|
| 1188 | * Allow only widgets that are children of the notebook to be
|
---|
| 1189 | * embedded into the page. This way we can make assumptions about
|
---|
| 1190 | * the window based upon its parent; either it's the notebook window
|
---|
| 1191 | * or it has been torn off.
|
---|
| 1192 | */
|
---|
| 1193 | parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
|
---|
| 1194 | if (parent != nbPtr->tkwin) {
|
---|
| 1195 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't manage \"", Tk_PathName(tkwin),
|
---|
| 1196 | "\" in notebook \"", Tk_PathName(nbPtr->tkwin), "\"",
|
---|
| 1197 | (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 1198 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1199 | }
|
---|
| 1200 | Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &tabMgrInfo, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1201 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
|
---|
| 1202 | EmbeddedWidgetEventProc, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1203 |
|
---|
| 1204 | /*
|
---|
| 1205 | * We need to make the window to exist immediately. If the
|
---|
| 1206 | * window is torn off (placed into another container window),
|
---|
| 1207 | * the timing between the container and the its new child
|
---|
| 1208 | * (this window) gets tricky. This should work for Tk 4.2.
|
---|
| 1209 | */
|
---|
| 1210 | Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
|
---|
| 1211 | }
|
---|
| 1212 | if (old != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1213 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1214 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(tabPtr, DestroyTearoff);
|
---|
| 1215 | }
|
---|
| 1216 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(old, StructureNotifyMask,
|
---|
| 1217 | EmbeddedWidgetEventProc, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1218 | Tk_ManageGeometry(old, (Tk_GeomMgr *) NULL, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1219 | Tk_UnmapWindow(old);
|
---|
| 1220 | }
|
---|
| 1221 | *tkwinPtr = tkwin;
|
---|
| 1222 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1223 | }
|
---|
| 1224 |
|
---|
| 1225 | /*
|
---|
| 1226 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1227 | *
|
---|
| 1228 | * WindowToString --
|
---|
| 1229 | *
|
---|
| 1230 | * Converts the Tk window back to its string representation (i.e.
|
---|
| 1231 | * its name).
|
---|
| 1232 | *
|
---|
| 1233 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1234 | * The name of the window is returned.
|
---|
| 1235 | *
|
---|
| 1236 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1237 | */
|
---|
| 1238 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1239 | static char *
|
---|
| 1240 | WindowToString(clientData, parent, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr)
|
---|
| 1241 | ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1242 | Tk_Window parent; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1243 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1244 | int offset; /* Offset of field in record */
|
---|
| 1245 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Memory deallocation scheme to use */
|
---|
| 1246 | {
|
---|
| 1247 | Tk_Window tkwin = *(Tk_Window *)(widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1248 |
|
---|
| 1249 | if (tkwin == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1250 | return "";
|
---|
| 1251 | }
|
---|
| 1252 | return Tk_PathName(tkwin);
|
---|
| 1253 | }
|
---|
| 1254 |
|
---|
| 1255 | /*
|
---|
| 1256 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1257 | *
|
---|
| 1258 | * StringToSide --
|
---|
| 1259 | *
|
---|
| 1260 | * Converts "left", "right", "top", "bottom", into a numeric token
|
---|
| 1261 | * designating the side of the notebook which to display tabs.
|
---|
| 1262 | *
|
---|
| 1263 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1264 | * If the string is successfully converted, TCL_OK is returned.
|
---|
| 1265 | * Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left
|
---|
| 1266 | * in interpreter's result field.
|
---|
| 1267 | *
|
---|
| 1268 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1269 | */
|
---|
| 1270 | /*ARGSUSED */
|
---|
| 1271 | static int
|
---|
| 1272 | StringToSide(clientData, interp, parent, string, widgRec, offset)
|
---|
| 1273 | ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1274 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to send results back to */
|
---|
| 1275 | Tk_Window parent; /* Parent window */
|
---|
| 1276 | char *string; /* Option value string */
|
---|
| 1277 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1278 | int offset; /* offset to field in structure */
|
---|
| 1279 | {
|
---|
| 1280 | int *sidePtr = (int *)(widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1281 | char c;
|
---|
| 1282 | unsigned int length;
|
---|
| 1283 |
|
---|
| 1284 | c = string[0];
|
---|
| 1285 | length = strlen(string);
|
---|
| 1286 | if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1287 | *sidePtr = SIDE_LEFT;
|
---|
| 1288 | } else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(string, "right", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1289 | *sidePtr = SIDE_RIGHT;
|
---|
| 1290 | } else if ((c == 't') && (strncmp(string, "top", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1291 | *sidePtr = SIDE_TOP;
|
---|
| 1292 | } else if ((c == 'b') && (strncmp(string, "bottom", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1293 | *sidePtr = SIDE_BOTTOM;
|
---|
| 1294 | } else {
|
---|
| 1295 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad side \"", string,
|
---|
| 1296 | "\": should be left, right, top, or bottom", (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 1297 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1298 | }
|
---|
| 1299 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1300 | }
|
---|
| 1301 |
|
---|
| 1302 | /*
|
---|
| 1303 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1304 | *
|
---|
| 1305 | * SideToString --
|
---|
| 1306 | *
|
---|
| 1307 | * Converts the window into its string representation (its name).
|
---|
| 1308 | *
|
---|
| 1309 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1310 | * The name of the window is returned.
|
---|
| 1311 | *
|
---|
| 1312 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1313 | */
|
---|
| 1314 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1315 | static char *
|
---|
| 1316 | SideToString(clientData, parent, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr)
|
---|
| 1317 | ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1318 | Tk_Window parent; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1319 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1320 | int offset; /* offset of windows array in record */
|
---|
| 1321 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Memory deallocation scheme to use */
|
---|
| 1322 | {
|
---|
| 1323 | int side = *(int *)(widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1324 |
|
---|
| 1325 | switch (side) {
|
---|
| 1326 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 1327 | return "left";
|
---|
| 1328 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 1329 | return "right";
|
---|
| 1330 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 1331 | return "bottom";
|
---|
| 1332 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 1333 | return "top";
|
---|
| 1334 | }
|
---|
| 1335 | return "unknown side value";
|
---|
| 1336 | }
|
---|
| 1337 |
|
---|
| 1338 | /*
|
---|
| 1339 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1340 | *
|
---|
| 1341 | * StringToSlant --
|
---|
| 1342 | *
|
---|
| 1343 | * Converts the slant style string into its numeric representation.
|
---|
| 1344 | *
|
---|
| 1345 | * Valid style strings are:
|
---|
| 1346 | *
|
---|
| 1347 | * "none" Both sides are straight.
|
---|
| 1348 | * "left" Left side is slanted.
|
---|
| 1349 | * "right" Right side is slanted.
|
---|
| 1350 | * "both" Both sides are slanted.
|
---|
| 1351 | *
|
---|
| 1352 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1353 | */
|
---|
| 1354 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1355 | static int
|
---|
| 1356 | StringToSlant(clientData, interp, tkwin, string, widgRec, offset)
|
---|
| 1357 | ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1358 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to send results back to */
|
---|
| 1359 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1360 | char *string; /* String representation of attribute. */
|
---|
| 1361 | char *widgRec; /* Widget record */
|
---|
| 1362 | int offset; /* Offset of field in widget record. */
|
---|
| 1363 | {
|
---|
| 1364 | int *slantPtr = (int *)(widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1365 | unsigned int length;
|
---|
| 1366 | char c;
|
---|
| 1367 |
|
---|
| 1368 | c = string[0];
|
---|
| 1369 | length = strlen(string);
|
---|
| 1370 | if ((c == 'n') && (strncmp(string, "none", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1371 | *slantPtr = SLANT_NONE;
|
---|
| 1372 | } else if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1373 | *slantPtr = SLANT_LEFT;
|
---|
| 1374 | } else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(string, "right", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1375 | *slantPtr = SLANT_RIGHT;
|
---|
| 1376 | } else if ((c == 'b') && (strncmp(string, "both", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1377 | *slantPtr = SLANT_BOTH;
|
---|
| 1378 | } else {
|
---|
| 1379 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad argument \"", string,
|
---|
| 1380 | "\": should be \"none\", \"left\", \"right\", or \"both\"",
|
---|
| 1381 | (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 1382 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1383 | }
|
---|
| 1384 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1385 | }
|
---|
| 1386 |
|
---|
| 1387 | /*
|
---|
| 1388 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1389 | *
|
---|
| 1390 | * SlantToString --
|
---|
| 1391 | *
|
---|
| 1392 | * Returns the slant style string based upon the slant flags.
|
---|
| 1393 | *
|
---|
| 1394 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1395 | * The slant style string is returned.
|
---|
| 1396 | *
|
---|
| 1397 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1398 | */
|
---|
| 1399 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1400 | static char *
|
---|
| 1401 | SlantToString(clientData, tkwin, widgRec, offset, freeProcPtr)
|
---|
| 1402 | ClientData clientData; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1403 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1404 | char *widgRec; /* Widget structure record. */
|
---|
| 1405 | int offset; /* Offset of field in widget record. */
|
---|
| 1406 | Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1407 | {
|
---|
| 1408 | int slant = *(int *)(widgRec + offset);
|
---|
| 1409 |
|
---|
| 1410 | switch (slant) {
|
---|
| 1411 | case SLANT_LEFT:
|
---|
| 1412 | return "left";
|
---|
| 1413 | case SLANT_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 1414 | return "right";
|
---|
| 1415 | case SLANT_NONE:
|
---|
| 1416 | return "none";
|
---|
| 1417 | case SLANT_BOTH:
|
---|
| 1418 | return "both";
|
---|
| 1419 | default:
|
---|
| 1420 | return "unknown value";
|
---|
| 1421 | }
|
---|
| 1422 | }
|
---|
| 1423 | |
---|
| 1424 |
|
---|
| 1425 |
|
---|
| 1426 | static int
|
---|
| 1427 | WorldY(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1428 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1429 | {
|
---|
| 1430 | int tier;
|
---|
| 1431 |
|
---|
| 1432 | tier = tabPtr->nbPtr->nTiers - tabPtr->tier;
|
---|
| 1433 | return tier * tabPtr->nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 1434 | }
|
---|
| 1435 |
|
---|
| 1436 | static int
|
---|
| 1437 | TabIndex(nbPtr, tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1438 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1439 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1440 | {
|
---|
| 1441 | Tab *t2Ptr;
|
---|
| 1442 | int count;
|
---|
| 1443 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 1444 |
|
---|
| 1445 | count = 0;
|
---|
| 1446 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 1447 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 1448 | t2Ptr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1449 | if (t2Ptr == tabPtr) {
|
---|
| 1450 | return count;
|
---|
| 1451 | }
|
---|
| 1452 | count++;
|
---|
| 1453 | }
|
---|
| 1454 | return -1;
|
---|
| 1455 | }
|
---|
| 1456 |
|
---|
| 1457 | /*
|
---|
| 1458 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1459 | *
|
---|
| 1460 | * RenumberTiers --
|
---|
| 1461 | *
|
---|
| 1462 | * In multi-tier mode, we need to find the start of the tier
|
---|
| 1463 | * containing the newly selected tab.
|
---|
| 1464 | *
|
---|
| 1465 | * Tiers are draw from the last tier to the first, so that
|
---|
| 1466 | * the the lower-tiered tabs will partially cover the bottoms
|
---|
| 1467 | * of tab directly above it. This simplifies the drawing of
|
---|
| 1468 | * tabs because we don't worry how tabs are clipped by their
|
---|
| 1469 | * neighbors.
|
---|
| 1470 | *
|
---|
| 1471 | * In addition, tabs are re-marked with the correct tier number.
|
---|
| 1472 | *
|
---|
| 1473 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1474 | * None.
|
---|
| 1475 | *
|
---|
| 1476 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 1477 | * Renumbering the tab's tier will change the vertical placement
|
---|
| 1478 | * of the tab (i.e. shift tiers).
|
---|
| 1479 | *
|
---|
| 1480 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1481 | */
|
---|
| 1482 | static void
|
---|
| 1483 | RenumberTiers(nbPtr, tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1484 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1485 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1486 | {
|
---|
| 1487 | int tier;
|
---|
| 1488 | Tab *prevPtr;
|
---|
| 1489 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *lastPtr;
|
---|
| 1490 |
|
---|
| 1491 | nbPtr->focusPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1492 | Blt_SetFocusItem(nbPtr->bindTable, nbPtr->focusPtr, NULL);
|
---|
| 1493 |
|
---|
| 1494 | tier = tabPtr->tier;
|
---|
| 1495 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainPrevLink(tabPtr->linkPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 1496 | linkPtr = lastPtr) {
|
---|
| 1497 | lastPtr = Blt_ChainPrevLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1498 | prevPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1499 | if ((prevPtr == NULL) || (prevPtr->tier != tier)) {
|
---|
| 1500 | break;
|
---|
| 1501 | }
|
---|
| 1502 | tabPtr = prevPtr;
|
---|
| 1503 | }
|
---|
| 1504 | nbPtr->startPtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1505 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 1506 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 1507 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1508 | tabPtr->tier = (tabPtr->tier - tier + 1);
|
---|
| 1509 | if (tabPtr->tier < 1) {
|
---|
| 1510 | tabPtr->tier += nbPtr->nTiers;
|
---|
| 1511 | }
|
---|
| 1512 | tabPtr->worldY = WorldY(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1513 | }
|
---|
| 1514 | }
|
---|
| 1515 |
|
---|
| 1516 | /*
|
---|
| 1517 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1518 | *
|
---|
| 1519 | * PickTab --
|
---|
| 1520 | *
|
---|
| 1521 | * Searches the tab located within the given screen X-Y coordinates
|
---|
| 1522 | * in the viewport. Note that tabs overlap slightly, so that its
|
---|
| 1523 | * important to search from the innermost tier out.
|
---|
| 1524 | *
|
---|
| 1525 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1526 | * Returns the pointer to the tab. If the pointer isn't contained
|
---|
| 1527 | * by any tab, NULL is returned.
|
---|
| 1528 | *
|
---|
| 1529 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1530 | */
|
---|
| 1531 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 1532 | static ClientData
|
---|
| 1533 | PickTab(clientData, x, y, contextPtr)
|
---|
| 1534 | ClientData clientData;
|
---|
| 1535 | int x, y; /* Screen coordinates to test. */
|
---|
| 1536 | ClientData *contextPtr;
|
---|
| 1537 | {
|
---|
| 1538 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 1539 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1540 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 1541 |
|
---|
| 1542 | if (contextPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1543 | *contextPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 1544 | }
|
---|
| 1545 | tabPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 1546 | if ((nbPtr->tearoff) && (tabPtr != NULL) &&
|
---|
| 1547 | (tabPtr->container == NULL) && (tabPtr->tkwin != NULL)) {
|
---|
| 1548 | int top, bottom, left, right;
|
---|
| 1549 | int sx, sy;
|
---|
| 1550 |
|
---|
| 1551 | /* Check first for perforation on the selected tab. */
|
---|
| 1552 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, tabPtr->worldX + 2,
|
---|
| 1553 | tabPtr->worldY + tabPtr->worldHeight + 4, &sx, &sy);
|
---|
| 1554 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_HORIZONTAL) {
|
---|
| 1555 | left = sx - 2;
|
---|
| 1556 | right = left + tabPtr->screenWidth;
|
---|
| 1557 | top = sy - 4;
|
---|
| 1558 | bottom = sy + 4;
|
---|
| 1559 | } else {
|
---|
| 1560 | left = sx - 4;
|
---|
| 1561 | right = sx + 4;
|
---|
| 1562 | top = sy - 2;
|
---|
| 1563 | bottom = top + tabPtr->screenHeight;
|
---|
| 1564 | }
|
---|
| 1565 | if ((x >= left) && (y >= top) && (x < right) && (y < bottom)) {
|
---|
| 1566 | if (contextPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1567 | *contextPtr = TAB_PERFORATION;
|
---|
| 1568 | }
|
---|
| 1569 | return nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 1570 | }
|
---|
| 1571 | }
|
---|
| 1572 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 1573 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 1574 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1575 | if (!(tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE)) {
|
---|
| 1576 | continue;
|
---|
| 1577 | }
|
---|
| 1578 | if ((x >= tabPtr->screenX) && (y >= tabPtr->screenY) &&
|
---|
| 1579 | (x <= (tabPtr->screenX + tabPtr->screenWidth)) &&
|
---|
| 1580 | (y < (tabPtr->screenY + tabPtr->screenHeight))) {
|
---|
| 1581 | if (contextPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1582 | *contextPtr = TAB_LABEL;
|
---|
| 1583 | }
|
---|
| 1584 | return tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1585 | }
|
---|
| 1586 | }
|
---|
| 1587 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 1588 | }
|
---|
| 1589 |
|
---|
| 1590 | static Tab *
|
---|
| 1591 | TabLeft(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1592 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1593 | {
|
---|
| 1594 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 1595 |
|
---|
| 1596 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainPrevLink(tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1597 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1598 | Tab *newPtr;
|
---|
| 1599 |
|
---|
| 1600 | newPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1601 | /* Move only if the next tab is on another tier. */
|
---|
| 1602 | if (newPtr->tier == tabPtr->tier) {
|
---|
| 1603 | tabPtr = newPtr;
|
---|
| 1604 | }
|
---|
| 1605 | }
|
---|
| 1606 | return tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1607 | }
|
---|
| 1608 |
|
---|
| 1609 | static Tab *
|
---|
| 1610 | TabRight(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1611 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1612 | {
|
---|
| 1613 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 1614 |
|
---|
| 1615 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1616 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1617 | Tab *newPtr;
|
---|
| 1618 |
|
---|
| 1619 | newPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1620 | /* Move only if the next tab is on another tier. */
|
---|
| 1621 | if (newPtr->tier == tabPtr->tier) {
|
---|
| 1622 | tabPtr = newPtr;
|
---|
| 1623 | }
|
---|
| 1624 | }
|
---|
| 1625 | return tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1626 | }
|
---|
| 1627 |
|
---|
| 1628 | static Tab *
|
---|
| 1629 | TabUp(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1630 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1631 | {
|
---|
| 1632 | if (tabPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1633 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1634 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 1635 | int worldX, worldY;
|
---|
| 1636 |
|
---|
| 1637 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1638 | worldX = tabPtr->worldX + (tabPtr->worldWidth / 2);
|
---|
| 1639 | worldY = tabPtr->worldY - (nbPtr->tabHeight / 2);
|
---|
| 1640 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, worldX, worldY, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 1641 |
|
---|
| 1642 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1643 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1644 | /*
|
---|
| 1645 | * We might have inadvertly picked the gap between two tabs,
|
---|
| 1646 | * so if the first pick fails, try again a little to the left.
|
---|
| 1647 | */
|
---|
| 1648 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, worldX + nbPtr->gap, worldY, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 1649 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1650 | }
|
---|
| 1651 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) &&
|
---|
| 1652 | (nbPtr->focusPtr->tier < (nbPtr->nTiers - 1))) {
|
---|
| 1653 | worldY -= nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 1654 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, worldX, worldY, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 1655 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1656 | }
|
---|
| 1657 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1658 | tabPtr = nbPtr->focusPtr;
|
---|
| 1659 | }
|
---|
| 1660 | }
|
---|
| 1661 | return tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1662 | }
|
---|
| 1663 |
|
---|
| 1664 | static Tab *
|
---|
| 1665 | TabDown(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1666 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1667 | {
|
---|
| 1668 | if (tabPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1669 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1670 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 1671 | int worldX, worldY;
|
---|
| 1672 |
|
---|
| 1673 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1674 | worldX = tabPtr->worldX + (tabPtr->worldWidth / 2);
|
---|
| 1675 | worldY = tabPtr->worldY + (3 * nbPtr->tabHeight) / 2;
|
---|
| 1676 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, worldX, worldY, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 1677 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1678 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1679 | /*
|
---|
| 1680 | * We might have inadvertly picked the gap between two tabs,
|
---|
| 1681 | * so if the first pick fails, try again a little to the left.
|
---|
| 1682 | */
|
---|
| 1683 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, worldX - nbPtr->gap, worldY, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 1684 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1685 | }
|
---|
| 1686 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) && (nbPtr->focusPtr->tier > 2)) {
|
---|
| 1687 | worldY += nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 1688 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, worldX, worldY, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 1689 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1690 | }
|
---|
| 1691 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1692 | tabPtr = nbPtr->focusPtr;
|
---|
| 1693 | }
|
---|
| 1694 | }
|
---|
| 1695 | return tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1696 | }
|
---|
| 1697 |
|
---|
| 1698 | /*
|
---|
| 1699 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1700 | *
|
---|
| 1701 | * GetTab --
|
---|
| 1702 | *
|
---|
| 1703 | * Converts a string representing a tab index into a tab pointer.
|
---|
| 1704 | * The index may be in one of the following forms:
|
---|
| 1705 | *
|
---|
| 1706 | * number Tab at position in the list of tabs.
|
---|
| 1707 | * @x,y Tab closest to the specified X-Y screen coordinates.
|
---|
| 1708 | * "active" Tab mouse is located over.
|
---|
| 1709 | * "focus" Tab is the widget's focus.
|
---|
| 1710 | * "select" Currently selected tab.
|
---|
| 1711 | * "right" Next tab from the focus tab.
|
---|
| 1712 | * "left" Previous tab from the focus tab.
|
---|
| 1713 | * "up" Next tab from the focus tab.
|
---|
| 1714 | * "down" Previous tab from the focus tab.
|
---|
| 1715 | * "end" Last tab in list.
|
---|
| 1716 | *
|
---|
| 1717 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1718 | * If the string is successfully converted, TCL_OK is returned.
|
---|
| 1719 | * The pointer to the node is returned via tabPtrPtr.
|
---|
| 1720 | * Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left
|
---|
| 1721 | * in interpreter's result field.
|
---|
| 1722 | *
|
---|
| 1723 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1724 | */
|
---|
| 1725 | static int
|
---|
| 1726 | GetTab(nbPtr, string, tabPtrPtr, allowNull)
|
---|
| 1727 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1728 | char *string;
|
---|
| 1729 | Tab **tabPtrPtr;
|
---|
| 1730 | int allowNull; /* Allow NULL tabPtr */
|
---|
| 1731 | {
|
---|
| 1732 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1733 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 1734 | int position;
|
---|
| 1735 | char c;
|
---|
| 1736 |
|
---|
| 1737 | c = string[0];
|
---|
| 1738 | tabPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 1739 | if (nbPtr->focusPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1740 | nbPtr->focusPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 1741 | Blt_SetFocusItem(nbPtr->bindTable, nbPtr->focusPtr, NULL);
|
---|
| 1742 | }
|
---|
| 1743 | if ((isdigit(UCHAR(c))) &&
|
---|
| 1744 | (Tcl_GetInt(nbPtr->interp, string, &position) == TCL_OK)) {
|
---|
| 1745 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(nbPtr->chainPtr, position);
|
---|
| 1746 | if (linkPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1747 | Tcl_AppendResult(nbPtr->interp, "can't find tab \"", string,
|
---|
| 1748 | "\" in \"", Tk_PathName(nbPtr->tkwin),
|
---|
| 1749 | "\": no such index", (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 1750 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1751 | }
|
---|
| 1752 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1753 | } else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1754 | tabPtr = nbPtr->activePtr;
|
---|
| 1755 | } else if ((c == 'c') && (strcmp(string, "current") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1756 | tabPtr = (Tab *)Blt_GetCurrentItem(nbPtr->bindTable);
|
---|
| 1757 | } else if ((c == 's') && (strcmp(string, "select") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1758 | tabPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 1759 | } else if ((c == 'f') && (strcmp(string, "focus") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1760 | tabPtr = nbPtr->focusPtr;
|
---|
| 1761 | } else if ((c == 'u') && (strcmp(string, "up") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1762 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 1763 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 1764 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 1765 | tabPtr = TabLeft(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1766 | break;
|
---|
| 1767 |
|
---|
| 1768 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 1769 | tabPtr = TabDown(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1770 | break;
|
---|
| 1771 |
|
---|
| 1772 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 1773 | tabPtr = TabUp(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1774 | break;
|
---|
| 1775 | }
|
---|
| 1776 | } else if ((c == 'd') && (strcmp(string, "down") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1777 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 1778 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 1779 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 1780 | tabPtr = TabRight(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1781 | break;
|
---|
| 1782 |
|
---|
| 1783 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 1784 | tabPtr = TabUp(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1785 | break;
|
---|
| 1786 |
|
---|
| 1787 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 1788 | tabPtr = TabDown(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1789 | break;
|
---|
| 1790 | }
|
---|
| 1791 | } else if ((c == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "left") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1792 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 1793 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 1794 | tabPtr = TabUp(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1795 | break;
|
---|
| 1796 |
|
---|
| 1797 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 1798 | tabPtr = TabDown(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1799 | break;
|
---|
| 1800 |
|
---|
| 1801 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 1802 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 1803 | tabPtr = TabLeft(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1804 | break;
|
---|
| 1805 | }
|
---|
| 1806 | } else if ((c == 'r') && (strcmp(string, "right") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1807 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 1808 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 1809 | tabPtr = TabDown(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1810 | break;
|
---|
| 1811 |
|
---|
| 1812 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 1813 | tabPtr = TabUp(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1814 | break;
|
---|
| 1815 |
|
---|
| 1816 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 1817 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 1818 | tabPtr = TabRight(nbPtr->focusPtr);
|
---|
| 1819 | break;
|
---|
| 1820 | }
|
---|
| 1821 | } else if ((c == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 1822 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainLastLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 1823 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1824 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1825 | }
|
---|
| 1826 | } else if (c == '@') {
|
---|
| 1827 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 1828 |
|
---|
| 1829 | if (Blt_GetXY(nbPtr->interp, nbPtr->tkwin, string, &x, &y)
|
---|
| 1830 | != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 1831 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1832 | }
|
---|
| 1833 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 1834 | } else {
|
---|
| 1835 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 1836 |
|
---|
| 1837 | hPtr = Blt_FindHashEntry(&(nbPtr->tabTable), string);
|
---|
| 1838 | if (hPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1839 | tabPtr = (Tab *)Blt_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
---|
| 1840 | }
|
---|
| 1841 | }
|
---|
| 1842 | *tabPtrPtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1843 | Tcl_ResetResult(nbPtr->interp);
|
---|
| 1844 |
|
---|
| 1845 | if ((!allowNull) && (tabPtr == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 1846 | Tcl_AppendResult(nbPtr->interp, "can't find tab \"", string,
|
---|
| 1847 | "\" in \"", Tk_PathName(nbPtr->tkwin), "\"", (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 1848 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 1849 | }
|
---|
| 1850 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 1851 | }
|
---|
| 1852 |
|
---|
| 1853 | static Tab *
|
---|
| 1854 | NextOrLastTab(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 1855 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 1856 | {
|
---|
| 1857 | if (tabPtr->linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1858 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 1859 |
|
---|
| 1860 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1861 | if (linkPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 1862 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainPrevLink(tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1863 | }
|
---|
| 1864 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1865 | return Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 1866 | }
|
---|
| 1867 | }
|
---|
| 1868 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 1869 | }
|
---|
| 1870 |
|
---|
| 1871 | /*
|
---|
| 1872 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1873 | *
|
---|
| 1874 | * EmbeddedWidgetEventProc --
|
---|
| 1875 | *
|
---|
| 1876 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
|
---|
| 1877 | * events on embedded widgets contained in the notebook.
|
---|
| 1878 | *
|
---|
| 1879 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1880 | * None.
|
---|
| 1881 | *
|
---|
| 1882 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1883 | * When an embedded widget gets deleted, internal structures get
|
---|
| 1884 | * cleaned up. When it gets resized, the notebook is redisplayed.
|
---|
| 1885 | *
|
---|
| 1886 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1887 | */
|
---|
| 1888 | static void
|
---|
| 1889 | EmbeddedWidgetEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
|
---|
| 1890 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about the tab window. */
|
---|
| 1891 | XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */
|
---|
| 1892 | {
|
---|
| 1893 | Tab *tabPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 1894 |
|
---|
| 1895 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->tkwin == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 1896 | return;
|
---|
| 1897 | }
|
---|
| 1898 | switch (eventPtr->type) {
|
---|
| 1899 | case ConfigureNotify:
|
---|
| 1900 | /*
|
---|
| 1901 | * If the window's requested size changes, redraw the window.
|
---|
| 1902 | * But only if it's currently the selected page.
|
---|
| 1903 | */
|
---|
| 1904 | if ((tabPtr->container == NULL) && (Tk_IsMapped(tabPtr->tkwin)) &&
|
---|
| 1905 | (tabPtr->nbPtr->selectPtr == tabPtr)) {
|
---|
| 1906 | EventuallyRedraw(tabPtr->nbPtr);
|
---|
| 1907 | }
|
---|
| 1908 | break;
|
---|
| 1909 |
|
---|
| 1910 | case DestroyNotify:
|
---|
| 1911 | /*
|
---|
| 1912 | * Mark the tab as deleted by dereferencing the Tk window
|
---|
| 1913 | * pointer. Redraw the window only if the tab is currently
|
---|
| 1914 | * visible.
|
---|
| 1915 | */
|
---|
| 1916 | if ((Tk_IsMapped(tabPtr->tkwin)) &&
|
---|
| 1917 | (tabPtr->nbPtr->selectPtr == tabPtr)) {
|
---|
| 1918 | EventuallyRedraw(tabPtr->nbPtr);
|
---|
| 1919 | }
|
---|
| 1920 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tabPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
|
---|
| 1921 | EmbeddedWidgetEventProc, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1922 | tabPtr->tkwin = NULL;
|
---|
| 1923 | break;
|
---|
| 1924 |
|
---|
| 1925 | }
|
---|
| 1926 | }
|
---|
| 1927 |
|
---|
| 1928 | /*
|
---|
| 1929 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1930 | *
|
---|
| 1931 | * EmbeddedWidgetCustodyProc --
|
---|
| 1932 | *
|
---|
| 1933 | * This procedure is invoked when a tab window has been
|
---|
| 1934 | * stolen by another geometry manager. The information and
|
---|
| 1935 | * memory associated with the tab window is released.
|
---|
| 1936 | *
|
---|
| 1937 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1938 | * None.
|
---|
| 1939 | *
|
---|
| 1940 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1941 | * Arranges for the widget formerly associated with the tab
|
---|
| 1942 | * window to have its layout re-computed and arranged at the
|
---|
| 1943 | * next idle point.
|
---|
| 1944 | *
|
---|
| 1945 | * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1946 | */
|
---|
| 1947 | /* ARGSUSED */
|
---|
| 1948 | static void
|
---|
| 1949 | EmbeddedWidgetCustodyProc(clientData, tkwin)
|
---|
| 1950 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about the former tab window. */
|
---|
| 1951 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 1952 | {
|
---|
| 1953 | Tab *tabPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 1954 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1955 |
|
---|
| 1956 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->tkwin == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 1957 | return;
|
---|
| 1958 | }
|
---|
| 1959 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 1960 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1961 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(tabPtr, DestroyTearoff);
|
---|
| 1962 | }
|
---|
| 1963 | /*
|
---|
| 1964 | * Mark the tab as deleted by dereferencing the Tk window
|
---|
| 1965 | * pointer. Redraw the window only if the tab is currently
|
---|
| 1966 | * visible.
|
---|
| 1967 | */
|
---|
| 1968 | if (tabPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 1969 | if (Tk_IsMapped(tabPtr->tkwin) && (nbPtr->selectPtr == tabPtr)) {
|
---|
| 1970 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 1971 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 1972 | }
|
---|
| 1973 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tabPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
|
---|
| 1974 | EmbeddedWidgetEventProc, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 1975 | tabPtr->tkwin = NULL;
|
---|
| 1976 | }
|
---|
| 1977 | }
|
---|
| 1978 |
|
---|
| 1979 | /*
|
---|
| 1980 | * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1981 | *
|
---|
| 1982 | * EmbeddedWidgetGeometryProc --
|
---|
| 1983 | *
|
---|
| 1984 | * This procedure is invoked by Tk_GeometryRequest for tab
|
---|
| 1985 | * windows managed by the widget.
|
---|
| 1986 | *
|
---|
| 1987 | * Results:
|
---|
| 1988 | * None.
|
---|
| 1989 | *
|
---|
| 1990 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 1991 | * Arranges for tkwin, and all its managed siblings, to be
|
---|
| 1992 | * repacked and drawn at the next idle point.
|
---|
| 1993 | *
|
---|
| 1994 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 1995 | */
|
---|
| 1996 | /* ARGSUSED */
|
---|
| 1997 | static void
|
---|
| 1998 | EmbeddedWidgetGeometryProc(clientData, tkwin)
|
---|
| 1999 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about window that got new
|
---|
| 2000 | * preferred geometry. */
|
---|
| 2001 | Tk_Window tkwin; /* Other Tk-related information about the
|
---|
| 2002 | * window. */
|
---|
| 2003 | {
|
---|
| 2004 | Tab *tabPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 2005 |
|
---|
| 2006 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->tkwin == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 2007 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: line %d \"tkwin is null\"", __FILE__, __LINE__);
|
---|
| 2008 | return;
|
---|
| 2009 | }
|
---|
| 2010 | tabPtr->nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 2011 | EventuallyRedraw(tabPtr->nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2012 | }
|
---|
| 2013 |
|
---|
| 2014 | /*
|
---|
| 2015 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2016 | *
|
---|
| 2017 | * DestroyTab --
|
---|
| 2018 | *
|
---|
| 2019 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2020 | */
|
---|
| 2021 | static void
|
---|
| 2022 | DestroyTab(nbPtr, tabPtr)
|
---|
| 2023 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2024 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2025 | {
|
---|
| 2026 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 2027 |
|
---|
| 2028 | if (tabPtr->flags & TAB_REDRAW) {
|
---|
| 2029 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayTearoff, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2030 | }
|
---|
| 2031 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2032 | Tk_DestroyWindow(tabPtr->container);
|
---|
| 2033 | }
|
---|
| 2034 | if (tabPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2035 | Tk_ManageGeometry(tabPtr->tkwin, (Tk_GeomMgr *)NULL, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2036 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tabPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
|
---|
| 2037 | EmbeddedWidgetEventProc, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2038 | if (Tk_IsMapped(tabPtr->tkwin)) {
|
---|
| 2039 | Tk_UnmapWindow(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 2040 | }
|
---|
| 2041 | }
|
---|
| 2042 | if (tabPtr == nbPtr->activePtr) {
|
---|
| 2043 | nbPtr->activePtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 2044 | }
|
---|
| 2045 | if (tabPtr == nbPtr->selectPtr) {
|
---|
| 2046 | nbPtr->selectPtr = NextOrLastTab(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2047 | }
|
---|
| 2048 | if (tabPtr == nbPtr->focusPtr) {
|
---|
| 2049 | nbPtr->focusPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 2050 | Blt_SetFocusItem(nbPtr->bindTable, nbPtr->focusPtr, NULL);
|
---|
| 2051 | }
|
---|
| 2052 | if (tabPtr == nbPtr->startPtr) {
|
---|
| 2053 | nbPtr->startPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 2054 | }
|
---|
| 2055 | Tk_FreeOptions(tabConfigSpecs, (char *)tabPtr, nbPtr->display, 0);
|
---|
| 2056 | if (tabPtr->text != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2057 | Blt_FreeUid(tabPtr->text);
|
---|
| 2058 | }
|
---|
| 2059 | hPtr = Blt_FindHashEntry(&(nbPtr->tabTable), tabPtr->name);
|
---|
| 2060 | assert(hPtr);
|
---|
| 2061 | Blt_DeleteHashEntry(&(nbPtr->tabTable), hPtr);
|
---|
| 2062 |
|
---|
| 2063 | if (tabPtr->image != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2064 | FreeImage(nbPtr, tabPtr->image);
|
---|
| 2065 | }
|
---|
| 2066 | if (tabPtr->name != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2067 | Blt_Free(tabPtr->name);
|
---|
| 2068 | }
|
---|
| 2069 | if (tabPtr->textGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2070 | Tk_FreeGC(nbPtr->display, tabPtr->textGC);
|
---|
| 2071 | }
|
---|
| 2072 | if (tabPtr->backGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2073 | Tk_FreeGC(nbPtr->display, tabPtr->backGC);
|
---|
| 2074 | }
|
---|
| 2075 | if (tabPtr->command != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2076 | Blt_FreeUid(tabPtr->command);
|
---|
| 2077 | }
|
---|
| 2078 | if (tabPtr->linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2079 | Blt_ChainDeleteLink(nbPtr->chainPtr, tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 2080 | }
|
---|
| 2081 | if (tabPtr->tags != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2082 | Blt_FreeUid(tabPtr->tags);
|
---|
| 2083 | }
|
---|
| 2084 | Blt_DeleteBindings(nbPtr->bindTable, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2085 | Blt_Free(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2086 | }
|
---|
| 2087 |
|
---|
| 2088 | /*
|
---|
| 2089 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2090 | *
|
---|
| 2091 | * CreateTab --
|
---|
| 2092 | *
|
---|
| 2093 | * Creates a new tab structure. A tab contains information about
|
---|
| 2094 | * the state of the tab and its embedded window.
|
---|
| 2095 | *
|
---|
| 2096 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2097 | * Returns a pointer to the new tab structure.
|
---|
| 2098 | *
|
---|
| 2099 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2100 | */
|
---|
| 2101 | static Tab *
|
---|
| 2102 | CreateTab(nbPtr)
|
---|
| 2103 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2104 | {
|
---|
| 2105 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2106 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 2107 | int isNew;
|
---|
| 2108 | char string[200];
|
---|
| 2109 |
|
---|
| 2110 | tabPtr = Blt_Calloc(1, sizeof(Tab));
|
---|
| 2111 | assert(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2112 | tabPtr->nbPtr = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2113 | sprintf(string, "tab%d", nbPtr->nextId++);
|
---|
| 2114 | tabPtr->name = Blt_Strdup(string);
|
---|
| 2115 | tabPtr->text = Blt_GetUid(string);
|
---|
| 2116 | tabPtr->fill = FILL_NONE;
|
---|
| 2117 | tabPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
|
---|
| 2118 | tabPtr->container = NULL;
|
---|
| 2119 | tabPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
|
---|
| 2120 | hPtr = Blt_CreateHashEntry(&(nbPtr->tabTable), string, &isNew);
|
---|
| 2121 | Blt_SetHashValue(hPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2122 | return tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2123 | }
|
---|
| 2124 |
|
---|
| 2125 | /*
|
---|
| 2126 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2127 | *
|
---|
| 2128 | * TileChangedProc
|
---|
| 2129 | *
|
---|
| 2130 | * Stub for image change notifications. Since we immediately draw
|
---|
| 2131 | * the image into a pixmap, we don't really care about image changes.
|
---|
| 2132 | *
|
---|
| 2133 | * It would be better if Tk checked for NULL proc pointers.
|
---|
| 2134 | *
|
---|
| 2135 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2136 | * None.
|
---|
| 2137 | *
|
---|
| 2138 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2139 | */
|
---|
| 2140 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 2141 | static void
|
---|
| 2142 | TileChangedProc(clientData, tile)
|
---|
| 2143 | ClientData clientData;
|
---|
| 2144 | Blt_Tile tile; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 2145 | {
|
---|
| 2146 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 2147 |
|
---|
| 2148 | if (nbPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2149 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2150 | }
|
---|
| 2151 | }
|
---|
| 2152 |
|
---|
| 2153 | static int
|
---|
| 2154 | ConfigureTab(nbPtr, tabPtr)
|
---|
| 2155 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2156 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2157 | {
|
---|
| 2158 | GC newGC;
|
---|
| 2159 | XGCValues gcValues;
|
---|
| 2160 | unsigned long gcMask;
|
---|
| 2161 | int labelWidth, labelHeight;
|
---|
| 2162 | Tk_Font font;
|
---|
| 2163 | Tk_3DBorder border;
|
---|
| 2164 |
|
---|
| 2165 | font = GETATTR(tabPtr, font);
|
---|
| 2166 | labelWidth = labelHeight = 0;
|
---|
| 2167 | if (tabPtr->text != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2168 | TextStyle ts;
|
---|
| 2169 | double rotWidth, rotHeight;
|
---|
| 2170 |
|
---|
| 2171 | Blt_InitTextStyle(&ts);
|
---|
| 2172 | ts.font = font;
|
---|
| 2173 | ts.shadow.offset = tabPtr->shadow.offset;
|
---|
| 2174 | ts.padX.side1 = ts.padX.side2 = 2;
|
---|
| 2175 | Blt_GetTextExtents(&ts, tabPtr->text, &labelWidth, &labelHeight);
|
---|
| 2176 | Blt_GetBoundingBox(labelWidth, labelHeight, nbPtr->defTabStyle.rotate,
|
---|
| 2177 | &rotWidth, &rotHeight, (Point2D *)NULL);
|
---|
| 2178 | labelWidth = ROUND(rotWidth);
|
---|
| 2179 | labelHeight = ROUND(rotHeight);
|
---|
| 2180 | }
|
---|
| 2181 | tabPtr->textWidth = (short int)labelWidth;
|
---|
| 2182 | tabPtr->textHeight = (short int)labelHeight;
|
---|
| 2183 | if (tabPtr->image != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2184 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 2185 |
|
---|
| 2186 | width = ImageWidth(tabPtr->image) + 2 * IMAGE_PAD;
|
---|
| 2187 | height = ImageHeight(tabPtr->image) + 2 * IMAGE_PAD;
|
---|
| 2188 | if (nbPtr->defTabStyle.textSide & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 2189 | labelWidth += width;
|
---|
| 2190 | labelHeight = MAX(labelHeight, height);
|
---|
| 2191 | } else {
|
---|
| 2192 | labelHeight += height;
|
---|
| 2193 | labelWidth = MAX(labelWidth, width);
|
---|
| 2194 | }
|
---|
| 2195 | }
|
---|
| 2196 | labelWidth += PADDING(tabPtr->iPadX);
|
---|
| 2197 | labelHeight += PADDING(tabPtr->iPadY);
|
---|
| 2198 |
|
---|
| 2199 | tabPtr->labelWidth = ODD(labelWidth);
|
---|
| 2200 | tabPtr->labelHeight = ODD(labelHeight);
|
---|
| 2201 |
|
---|
| 2202 | newGC = NULL;
|
---|
| 2203 | if (tabPtr->text != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2204 | XColor *colorPtr;
|
---|
| 2205 |
|
---|
| 2206 | gcMask = GCForeground | GCFont;
|
---|
| 2207 | colorPtr = GETATTR(tabPtr, textColor);
|
---|
| 2208 | gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
|
---|
| 2209 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(font);
|
---|
| 2210 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(nbPtr->tkwin, gcMask, &gcValues);
|
---|
| 2211 | }
|
---|
| 2212 | if (tabPtr->textGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2213 | Tk_FreeGC(nbPtr->display, tabPtr->textGC);
|
---|
| 2214 | }
|
---|
| 2215 | tabPtr->textGC = newGC;
|
---|
| 2216 |
|
---|
| 2217 | gcMask = GCForeground | GCStipple | GCFillStyle;
|
---|
| 2218 | gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
|
---|
| 2219 | border = GETATTR(tabPtr, border);
|
---|
| 2220 | gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(border)->pixel;
|
---|
| 2221 | gcValues.stipple = tabPtr->stipple;
|
---|
| 2222 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(nbPtr->tkwin, gcMask, &gcValues);
|
---|
| 2223 | if (tabPtr->backGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2224 | Tk_FreeGC(nbPtr->display, tabPtr->backGC);
|
---|
| 2225 | }
|
---|
| 2226 | tabPtr->backGC = newGC;
|
---|
| 2227 | /*
|
---|
| 2228 | * GC for tiled background.
|
---|
| 2229 | */
|
---|
| 2230 | if (tabPtr->tile != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2231 | Blt_SetTileChangedProc(tabPtr->tile, TileChangedProc, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2232 | }
|
---|
| 2233 | if (tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE) {
|
---|
| 2234 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2235 | }
|
---|
| 2236 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2237 | }
|
---|
| 2238 | |
---|
| 2239 |
|
---|
| 2240 | /*
|
---|
| 2241 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2242 | *
|
---|
| 2243 | * TearoffEventProc --
|
---|
| 2244 | *
|
---|
| 2245 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
|
---|
| 2246 | * events on the tearoff widget.
|
---|
| 2247 | *
|
---|
| 2248 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2249 | * None.
|
---|
| 2250 | *
|
---|
| 2251 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 2252 | * When the tearoff gets deleted, internal structures get
|
---|
| 2253 | * cleaned up. When it gets resized or exposed, it's redisplayed.
|
---|
| 2254 | *
|
---|
| 2255 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2256 | */
|
---|
| 2257 | static void
|
---|
| 2258 | TearoffEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
|
---|
| 2259 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about the tab window. */
|
---|
| 2260 | XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */
|
---|
| 2261 | {
|
---|
| 2262 | Tab *tabPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 2263 |
|
---|
| 2264 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->tkwin == NULL) ||
|
---|
| 2265 | (tabPtr->container == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 2266 | return;
|
---|
| 2267 | }
|
---|
| 2268 | switch (eventPtr->type) {
|
---|
| 2269 | case Expose:
|
---|
| 2270 | if (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0) {
|
---|
| 2271 | EventuallyRedrawTearoff(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2272 | }
|
---|
| 2273 | break;
|
---|
| 2274 |
|
---|
| 2275 | case ConfigureNotify:
|
---|
| 2276 | EventuallyRedrawTearoff(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2277 | break;
|
---|
| 2278 |
|
---|
| 2279 | case DestroyNotify:
|
---|
| 2280 | if (tabPtr->flags & TAB_REDRAW) {
|
---|
| 2281 | tabPtr->flags &= ~TAB_REDRAW;
|
---|
| 2282 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayTearoff, clientData);
|
---|
| 2283 | }
|
---|
| 2284 | Tk_DestroyWindow(tabPtr->container);
|
---|
| 2285 | tabPtr->container = NULL;
|
---|
| 2286 | break;
|
---|
| 2287 |
|
---|
| 2288 | }
|
---|
| 2289 | }
|
---|
| 2290 |
|
---|
| 2291 | /*
|
---|
| 2292 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2293 | *
|
---|
| 2294 | * GetReqWidth --
|
---|
| 2295 | *
|
---|
| 2296 | * Returns the width requested by the embedded tab window and
|
---|
| 2297 | * any requested padding around it. This represents the requested
|
---|
| 2298 | * width of the page.
|
---|
| 2299 | *
|
---|
| 2300 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2301 | * Returns the requested width of the page.
|
---|
| 2302 | *
|
---|
| 2303 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2304 | */
|
---|
| 2305 | static int
|
---|
| 2306 | GetReqWidth(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 2307 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2308 | {
|
---|
| 2309 | int width;
|
---|
| 2310 |
|
---|
| 2311 | if (tabPtr->reqWidth > 0) {
|
---|
| 2312 | width = tabPtr->reqWidth;
|
---|
| 2313 | } else {
|
---|
| 2314 | width = Tk_ReqWidth(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 2315 | }
|
---|
| 2316 | width += PADDING(tabPtr->padX) +
|
---|
| 2317 | 2 * Tk_Changes(tabPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
|
---|
| 2318 | if (width < 1) {
|
---|
| 2319 | width = 1;
|
---|
| 2320 | }
|
---|
| 2321 | return width;
|
---|
| 2322 | }
|
---|
| 2323 |
|
---|
| 2324 | /*
|
---|
| 2325 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2326 | *
|
---|
| 2327 | * GetReqHeight --
|
---|
| 2328 | *
|
---|
| 2329 | * Returns the height requested by the window and padding around
|
---|
| 2330 | * the window. This represents the requested height of the page.
|
---|
| 2331 | *
|
---|
| 2332 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2333 | * Returns the requested height of the page.
|
---|
| 2334 | *
|
---|
| 2335 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2336 | */
|
---|
| 2337 | static int
|
---|
| 2338 | GetReqHeight(tabPtr)
|
---|
| 2339 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2340 | {
|
---|
| 2341 | int height;
|
---|
| 2342 |
|
---|
| 2343 | if (tabPtr->reqHeight > 0) {
|
---|
| 2344 | height = tabPtr->reqHeight;
|
---|
| 2345 | } else {
|
---|
| 2346 | height = Tk_ReqHeight(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 2347 | }
|
---|
| 2348 | height += PADDING(tabPtr->padY) +
|
---|
| 2349 | 2 * Tk_Changes(tabPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
|
---|
| 2350 | if (height < 1) {
|
---|
| 2351 | height = 1;
|
---|
| 2352 | }
|
---|
| 2353 | return height;
|
---|
| 2354 | }
|
---|
| 2355 |
|
---|
| 2356 | /*
|
---|
| 2357 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2358 | *
|
---|
| 2359 | * TranslateAnchor --
|
---|
| 2360 | *
|
---|
| 2361 | * Translate the coordinates of a given bounding box based upon the
|
---|
| 2362 | * anchor specified. The anchor indicates where the given xy position
|
---|
| 2363 | * is in relation to the bounding box.
|
---|
| 2364 | *
|
---|
| 2365 | * nw --- n --- ne
|
---|
| 2366 | * | | x,y ---+
|
---|
| 2367 | * w center e | |
|
---|
| 2368 | * | | +-----+
|
---|
| 2369 | * sw --- s --- se
|
---|
| 2370 | *
|
---|
| 2371 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2372 | * The translated coordinates of the bounding box are returned.
|
---|
| 2373 | *
|
---|
| 2374 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2375 | */
|
---|
| 2376 | static void
|
---|
| 2377 | TranslateAnchor(dx, dy, anchor, xPtr, yPtr)
|
---|
| 2378 | int dx, dy; /* Difference between outer and inner regions
|
---|
| 2379 | */
|
---|
| 2380 | Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Direction of the anchor */
|
---|
| 2381 | int *xPtr, *yPtr;
|
---|
| 2382 | {
|
---|
| 2383 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 2384 |
|
---|
| 2385 | x = y = 0;
|
---|
| 2386 | switch (anchor) {
|
---|
| 2387 | case TK_ANCHOR_NW: /* Upper left corner */
|
---|
| 2388 | break;
|
---|
| 2389 | case TK_ANCHOR_W: /* Left center */
|
---|
| 2390 | y = (dy / 2);
|
---|
| 2391 | break;
|
---|
| 2392 | case TK_ANCHOR_SW: /* Lower left corner */
|
---|
| 2393 | y = dy;
|
---|
| 2394 | break;
|
---|
| 2395 | case TK_ANCHOR_N: /* Top center */
|
---|
| 2396 | x = (dx / 2);
|
---|
| 2397 | break;
|
---|
| 2398 | case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: /* Centered */
|
---|
| 2399 | x = (dx / 2);
|
---|
| 2400 | y = (dy / 2);
|
---|
| 2401 | break;
|
---|
| 2402 | case TK_ANCHOR_S: /* Bottom center */
|
---|
| 2403 | x = (dx / 2);
|
---|
| 2404 | y = dy;
|
---|
| 2405 | break;
|
---|
| 2406 | case TK_ANCHOR_NE: /* Upper right corner */
|
---|
| 2407 | x = dx;
|
---|
| 2408 | break;
|
---|
| 2409 | case TK_ANCHOR_E: /* Right center */
|
---|
| 2410 | x = dx;
|
---|
| 2411 | y = (dy / 2);
|
---|
| 2412 | break;
|
---|
| 2413 | case TK_ANCHOR_SE: /* Lower right corner */
|
---|
| 2414 | x = dx;
|
---|
| 2415 | y = dy;
|
---|
| 2416 | break;
|
---|
| 2417 | }
|
---|
| 2418 | *xPtr = (*xPtr) + x;
|
---|
| 2419 | *yPtr = (*yPtr) + y;
|
---|
| 2420 | }
|
---|
| 2421 |
|
---|
| 2422 |
|
---|
| 2423 | static void
|
---|
| 2424 | GetWindowRectangle(tabPtr, parent, tearoff, rectPtr)
|
---|
| 2425 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2426 | Tk_Window parent;
|
---|
| 2427 | int tearoff;
|
---|
| 2428 | XRectangle *rectPtr;
|
---|
| 2429 | {
|
---|
| 2430 | int pad;
|
---|
| 2431 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2432 | int cavityWidth, cavityHeight;
|
---|
| 2433 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 2434 | int dx, dy;
|
---|
| 2435 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 2436 |
|
---|
| 2437 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2438 | pad = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 2439 |
|
---|
| 2440 | if (!tearoff) {
|
---|
| 2441 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 2442 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 2443 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 2444 | x = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 2445 | y = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 2446 | break;
|
---|
| 2447 |
|
---|
| 2448 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 2449 | x = nbPtr->pageTop;
|
---|
| 2450 | y = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 2451 | break;
|
---|
| 2452 |
|
---|
| 2453 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 2454 | x = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 2455 | y = nbPtr->pageTop;
|
---|
| 2456 | break;
|
---|
| 2457 | }
|
---|
| 2458 |
|
---|
| 2459 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 2460 | cavityWidth = Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin) - (nbPtr->pageTop + pad);
|
---|
| 2461 | cavityHeight = Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin) - (2 * pad);
|
---|
| 2462 | } else {
|
---|
| 2463 | cavityWidth = Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin) - (2 * pad);
|
---|
| 2464 | cavityHeight = Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin) - (nbPtr->pageTop + pad);
|
---|
| 2465 | }
|
---|
| 2466 |
|
---|
| 2467 | } else {
|
---|
| 2468 | x = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 2469 | #define TEAR_OFF_TAB_SIZE 5
|
---|
| 2470 | y = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2 + nbPtr->yPad + nbPtr->outerPad +
|
---|
| 2471 | TEAR_OFF_TAB_SIZE;
|
---|
| 2472 | cavityWidth = Tk_Width(parent) - (2 * pad);
|
---|
| 2473 | cavityHeight = Tk_Height(parent) - (y + pad);
|
---|
| 2474 | }
|
---|
| 2475 | cavityWidth -= PADDING(tabPtr->padX);
|
---|
| 2476 | cavityHeight -= PADDING(tabPtr->padY);
|
---|
| 2477 | if (cavityWidth < 1) {
|
---|
| 2478 | cavityWidth = 1;
|
---|
| 2479 | }
|
---|
| 2480 | if (cavityHeight < 1) {
|
---|
| 2481 | cavityHeight = 1;
|
---|
| 2482 | }
|
---|
| 2483 | width = GetReqWidth(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2484 | height = GetReqHeight(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2485 |
|
---|
| 2486 | /*
|
---|
| 2487 | * Resize the embedded window is of the following is true:
|
---|
| 2488 | *
|
---|
| 2489 | * 1) It's been torn off.
|
---|
| 2490 | * 2) The -fill option (horizontal or vertical) is set.
|
---|
| 2491 | * 3) the window is bigger than the cavity.
|
---|
| 2492 | */
|
---|
| 2493 | if ((tearoff) || (cavityWidth < width) || (tabPtr->fill & FILL_X)) {
|
---|
| 2494 | width = cavityWidth;
|
---|
| 2495 | }
|
---|
| 2496 | if ((tearoff) || (cavityHeight < height) || (tabPtr->fill & FILL_Y)) {
|
---|
| 2497 | height = cavityHeight;
|
---|
| 2498 | }
|
---|
| 2499 | dx = (cavityWidth - width);
|
---|
| 2500 | dy = (cavityHeight - height);
|
---|
| 2501 | if ((dx > 0) || (dy > 0)) {
|
---|
| 2502 | TranslateAnchor(dx, dy, tabPtr->anchor, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 2503 | }
|
---|
| 2504 | /* Remember that X11 windows must be at least 1 pixel. */
|
---|
| 2505 | if (width < 1) {
|
---|
| 2506 | width = 1;
|
---|
| 2507 | }
|
---|
| 2508 | if (height < 1) {
|
---|
| 2509 | height = 1;
|
---|
| 2510 | }
|
---|
| 2511 | rectPtr->x = (short)(x + tabPtr->padLeft);
|
---|
| 2512 | rectPtr->y = (short)(y + tabPtr->padTop);
|
---|
| 2513 | rectPtr->width = (short)width;
|
---|
| 2514 | rectPtr->height = (short)height;
|
---|
| 2515 | }
|
---|
| 2516 |
|
---|
| 2517 | static void
|
---|
| 2518 | ArrangeWindow(tkwin, rectPtr, force)
|
---|
| 2519 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 2520 | XRectangle *rectPtr;
|
---|
| 2521 | int force;
|
---|
| 2522 | {
|
---|
| 2523 | if ((force) ||
|
---|
| 2524 | (rectPtr->x != Tk_X(tkwin)) ||
|
---|
| 2525 | (rectPtr->y != Tk_Y(tkwin)) ||
|
---|
| 2526 | (rectPtr->width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) ||
|
---|
| 2527 | (rectPtr->height != Tk_Height(tkwin))) {
|
---|
| 2528 | Tk_MoveResizeWindow(tkwin, rectPtr->x, rectPtr->y,
|
---|
| 2529 | rectPtr->width, rectPtr->height);
|
---|
| 2530 | }
|
---|
| 2531 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
|
---|
| 2532 | Tk_MapWindow(tkwin);
|
---|
| 2533 | }
|
---|
| 2534 | }
|
---|
| 2535 |
|
---|
| 2536 |
|
---|
| 2537 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 2538 | static void
|
---|
| 2539 | GetTags(table, object, context, list)
|
---|
| 2540 | Blt_BindTable table;
|
---|
| 2541 | ClientData object;
|
---|
| 2542 | ClientData context;
|
---|
| 2543 | Blt_List list;
|
---|
| 2544 | {
|
---|
| 2545 | Tab *tabPtr = (Tab *)object;
|
---|
| 2546 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2547 |
|
---|
| 2548 | nbPtr = (Notebook *)table->clientData;
|
---|
| 2549 | if (context == TAB_PERFORATION) {
|
---|
| 2550 | Blt_ListAppend(list, MakeTag(nbPtr, "Perforation"), 0);
|
---|
| 2551 | } else if (context == TAB_LABEL) {
|
---|
| 2552 | Blt_ListAppend(list, MakeTag(nbPtr, tabPtr->name), 0);
|
---|
| 2553 | if (tabPtr->tags != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2554 | int nNames;
|
---|
| 2555 | char **names;
|
---|
| 2556 | register char **p;
|
---|
| 2557 |
|
---|
| 2558 | /*
|
---|
| 2559 | * This is a space/time trade-off in favor of space. The tags
|
---|
| 2560 | * are stored as character strings in a hash table. That way,
|
---|
| 2561 | * tabs can share the strings. It's likely that they will. The
|
---|
| 2562 | * down side is that the same string is split over and over again.
|
---|
| 2563 | */
|
---|
| 2564 | if (Tcl_SplitList((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, tabPtr->tags, &nNames,
|
---|
| 2565 | &names) == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2566 | for (p = names; *p != NULL; p++) {
|
---|
| 2567 | Blt_ListAppend(list, MakeTag(nbPtr, *p), 0);
|
---|
| 2568 | }
|
---|
| 2569 | Blt_Free(names);
|
---|
| 2570 | }
|
---|
| 2571 | }
|
---|
| 2572 | }
|
---|
| 2573 | }
|
---|
| 2574 |
|
---|
| 2575 | /*
|
---|
| 2576 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2577 | *
|
---|
| 2578 | * NotebookEventProc --
|
---|
| 2579 | *
|
---|
| 2580 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
|
---|
| 2581 | * events on notebook widgets.
|
---|
| 2582 | *
|
---|
| 2583 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2584 | * None.
|
---|
| 2585 | *
|
---|
| 2586 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 2587 | * When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
|
---|
| 2588 | * cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
|
---|
| 2589 | *
|
---|
| 2590 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2591 | */
|
---|
| 2592 | static void
|
---|
| 2593 | NotebookEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
|
---|
| 2594 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about window. */
|
---|
| 2595 | XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */
|
---|
| 2596 | {
|
---|
| 2597 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 2598 |
|
---|
| 2599 | switch (eventPtr->type) {
|
---|
| 2600 | case Expose:
|
---|
| 2601 | if (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0) {
|
---|
| 2602 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2603 | }
|
---|
| 2604 | break;
|
---|
| 2605 |
|
---|
| 2606 | case ConfigureNotify:
|
---|
| 2607 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 2608 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2609 | break;
|
---|
| 2610 |
|
---|
| 2611 | case FocusIn:
|
---|
| 2612 | case FocusOut:
|
---|
| 2613 | if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
|
---|
| 2614 | if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
|
---|
| 2615 | nbPtr->flags |= TNB_FOCUS;
|
---|
| 2616 | } else {
|
---|
| 2617 | nbPtr->flags &= ~TNB_FOCUS;
|
---|
| 2618 | }
|
---|
| 2619 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2620 | }
|
---|
| 2621 | break;
|
---|
| 2622 |
|
---|
| 2623 | case DestroyNotify:
|
---|
| 2624 | if (nbPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2625 | nbPtr->tkwin = NULL;
|
---|
| 2626 | Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(nbPtr->interp, nbPtr->cmdToken);
|
---|
| 2627 | }
|
---|
| 2628 | if (nbPtr->flags & TNB_REDRAW) {
|
---|
| 2629 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayNotebook, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2630 | }
|
---|
| 2631 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(nbPtr, DestroyNotebook);
|
---|
| 2632 | break;
|
---|
| 2633 |
|
---|
| 2634 | }
|
---|
| 2635 | }
|
---|
| 2636 |
|
---|
| 2637 | /*
|
---|
| 2638 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2639 | *
|
---|
| 2640 | * DestroyNotebook --
|
---|
| 2641 | *
|
---|
| 2642 | * This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release
|
---|
| 2643 | * to clean up the internal structure of the widget at a safe
|
---|
| 2644 | * time (when no-one is using it anymore).
|
---|
| 2645 | *
|
---|
| 2646 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2647 | * None.
|
---|
| 2648 | *
|
---|
| 2649 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 2650 | * Everything associated with the widget is freed up.
|
---|
| 2651 | *
|
---|
| 2652 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2653 | */
|
---|
| 2654 | static void
|
---|
| 2655 | DestroyNotebook(dataPtr)
|
---|
| 2656 | DestroyData dataPtr; /* Pointer to the widget record. */
|
---|
| 2657 | {
|
---|
| 2658 | Notebook *nbPtr = (Notebook *)dataPtr;
|
---|
| 2659 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2660 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 2661 |
|
---|
| 2662 | if (nbPtr->highlightGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2663 | Tk_FreeGC(nbPtr->display, nbPtr->highlightGC);
|
---|
| 2664 | }
|
---|
| 2665 | if (nbPtr->tile != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2666 | Blt_FreeTile(nbPtr->tile);
|
---|
| 2667 | }
|
---|
| 2668 | if (nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2669 | Blt_FreePrivateGC(nbPtr->display, nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeGC);
|
---|
| 2670 | }
|
---|
| 2671 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 2672 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 2673 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 2674 | tabPtr->linkPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 2675 | DestroyTab(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2676 | }
|
---|
| 2677 | Blt_ChainDestroy(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 2678 | Blt_DestroyBindingTable(nbPtr->bindTable);
|
---|
| 2679 | Blt_DeleteHashTable(&(nbPtr->tabTable));
|
---|
| 2680 | Blt_DeleteHashTable(&(nbPtr->tagTable));
|
---|
| 2681 | Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *)nbPtr, nbPtr->display, 0);
|
---|
| 2682 | Blt_Free(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2683 | }
|
---|
| 2684 |
|
---|
| 2685 | /*
|
---|
| 2686 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2687 | *
|
---|
| 2688 | * CreateNotebook --
|
---|
| 2689 | *
|
---|
| 2690 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2691 | */
|
---|
| 2692 | static Notebook *
|
---|
| 2693 | CreateNotebook(interp, tkwin)
|
---|
| 2694 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 2695 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 2696 | {
|
---|
| 2697 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2698 |
|
---|
| 2699 | nbPtr = Blt_Calloc(1, sizeof(Notebook));
|
---|
| 2700 | assert(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2701 |
|
---|
| 2702 | Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Tabnotebook");
|
---|
| 2703 | nbPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
|
---|
| 2704 | nbPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
|
---|
| 2705 | nbPtr->interp = interp;
|
---|
| 2706 |
|
---|
| 2707 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 2708 | nbPtr->side = SIDE_TOP;
|
---|
| 2709 | nbPtr->borderWidth = nbPtr->highlightWidth = 2;
|
---|
| 2710 | nbPtr->ySelectPad = SELECT_PADY;
|
---|
| 2711 | nbPtr->xSelectPad = SELECT_PADX;
|
---|
| 2712 | nbPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
|
---|
| 2713 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
|
---|
| 2714 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.borderWidth = 1;
|
---|
| 2715 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.constWidth = TRUE;
|
---|
| 2716 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.textSide = SIDE_LEFT;
|
---|
| 2717 | nbPtr->scrollUnits = 2;
|
---|
| 2718 | nbPtr->corner = CORNER_OFFSET;
|
---|
| 2719 | nbPtr->gap = GAP;
|
---|
| 2720 | nbPtr->outerPad = OUTER_PAD;
|
---|
| 2721 | nbPtr->slant = SLANT_NONE;
|
---|
| 2722 | nbPtr->overlap = 0;
|
---|
| 2723 | nbPtr->tearoff = TRUE;
|
---|
| 2724 | nbPtr->bindTable = Blt_CreateBindingTable(interp, tkwin, nbPtr, PickTab,
|
---|
| 2725 | GetTags);
|
---|
| 2726 | nbPtr->chainPtr = Blt_ChainCreate();
|
---|
| 2727 | Blt_InitHashTable(&(nbPtr->tabTable), BLT_STRING_KEYS);
|
---|
| 2728 | Blt_InitHashTable(&(nbPtr->imageTable), BLT_STRING_KEYS);
|
---|
| 2729 | Blt_InitHashTable(&(nbPtr->tagTable), BLT_STRING_KEYS);
|
---|
| 2730 | #if (TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 4)
|
---|
| 2731 | Blt_SetWindowInstanceData(tkwin, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2732 | #endif
|
---|
| 2733 | return nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2734 | }
|
---|
| 2735 |
|
---|
| 2736 | /*
|
---|
| 2737 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2738 | *
|
---|
| 2739 | * ConfigureNotebook --
|
---|
| 2740 | *
|
---|
| 2741 | * This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus
|
---|
| 2742 | * the Tk option database, in order to configure (or reconfigure)
|
---|
| 2743 | * the widget.
|
---|
| 2744 | *
|
---|
| 2745 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2746 | * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is
|
---|
| 2747 | * returned, then interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 2748 | *
|
---|
| 2749 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 2750 | * Configuration information, such as text string, colors, font,
|
---|
| 2751 | * etc. get set for nbPtr; old resources get freed, if there
|
---|
| 2752 | * were any. The widget is redisplayed.
|
---|
| 2753 | *
|
---|
| 2754 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2755 | */
|
---|
| 2756 | static int
|
---|
| 2757 | ConfigureNotebook(interp, nbPtr, argc, argv, flags)
|
---|
| 2758 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to report errors. */
|
---|
| 2759 | Notebook *nbPtr; /* Information about widget; may or
|
---|
| 2760 | * may not already have values for
|
---|
| 2761 | * some fields. */
|
---|
| 2762 | int argc;
|
---|
| 2763 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 2764 | int flags;
|
---|
| 2765 | {
|
---|
| 2766 | XGCValues gcValues;
|
---|
| 2767 | unsigned long gcMask;
|
---|
| 2768 | GC newGC;
|
---|
| 2769 |
|
---|
| 2770 | lastNotebookInstance = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2771 | if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, configSpecs, argc, argv,
|
---|
| 2772 | (char *)nbPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2773 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2774 | }
|
---|
| 2775 | if (Blt_ConfigModified(configSpecs, "-width", "-height", "-side", "-gap",
|
---|
| 2776 | "-slant", (char *)NULL)) {
|
---|
| 2777 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 2778 | }
|
---|
| 2779 | if ((nbPtr->reqHeight > 0) && (nbPtr->reqWidth > 0)) {
|
---|
| 2780 | Tk_GeometryRequest(nbPtr->tkwin, nbPtr->reqWidth,
|
---|
| 2781 | nbPtr->reqHeight);
|
---|
| 2782 | }
|
---|
| 2783 | /*
|
---|
| 2784 | * GC for focus highlight.
|
---|
| 2785 | */
|
---|
| 2786 | gcMask = GCForeground;
|
---|
| 2787 | gcValues.foreground = nbPtr->highlightColor->pixel;
|
---|
| 2788 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(nbPtr->tkwin, gcMask, &gcValues);
|
---|
| 2789 | if (nbPtr->highlightGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2790 | Tk_FreeGC(nbPtr->display, nbPtr->highlightGC);
|
---|
| 2791 | }
|
---|
| 2792 | nbPtr->highlightGC = newGC;
|
---|
| 2793 |
|
---|
| 2794 | /*
|
---|
| 2795 | * GC for tiled background.
|
---|
| 2796 | */
|
---|
| 2797 | if (nbPtr->tile != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2798 | Blt_SetTileChangedProc(nbPtr->tile, TileChangedProc, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2799 | }
|
---|
| 2800 | /*
|
---|
| 2801 | * GC for active line.
|
---|
| 2802 | */
|
---|
| 2803 | gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCLineStyle | GCCapStyle;
|
---|
| 2804 | gcValues.foreground = nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeFgColor->pixel;
|
---|
| 2805 | gcValues.line_width = 0;
|
---|
| 2806 | gcValues.cap_style = CapProjecting;
|
---|
| 2807 | gcValues.line_style = (LineIsDashed(nbPtr->defTabStyle.dashes))
|
---|
| 2808 | ? LineOnOffDash : LineSolid;
|
---|
| 2809 |
|
---|
| 2810 | newGC = Blt_GetPrivateGC(nbPtr->tkwin, gcMask, &gcValues);
|
---|
| 2811 | if (LineIsDashed(nbPtr->defTabStyle.dashes)) {
|
---|
| 2812 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.dashes.offset = 2;
|
---|
| 2813 | Blt_SetDashes(nbPtr->display, newGC, &(nbPtr->defTabStyle.dashes));
|
---|
| 2814 | }
|
---|
| 2815 | if (nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeGC != NULL) {
|
---|
| 2816 | Blt_FreePrivateGC(nbPtr->display,
|
---|
| 2817 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeGC);
|
---|
| 2818 | }
|
---|
| 2819 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeGC = newGC;
|
---|
| 2820 |
|
---|
| 2821 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.rotate = FMOD(nbPtr->defTabStyle.rotate, 360.0);
|
---|
| 2822 | if (nbPtr->defTabStyle.rotate < 0.0) {
|
---|
| 2823 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.rotate += 360.0;
|
---|
| 2824 | }
|
---|
| 2825 | nbPtr->inset = nbPtr->highlightWidth + nbPtr->borderWidth + nbPtr->outerPad;
|
---|
| 2826 | if (Blt_ConfigModified(configSpecs, "-font", "-*foreground", "-rotate",
|
---|
| 2827 | "-*background", "-side", (char *)NULL)) {
|
---|
| 2828 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 2829 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2830 |
|
---|
| 2831 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 2832 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 2833 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 2834 | ConfigureTab(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 2835 | }
|
---|
| 2836 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 2837 | }
|
---|
| 2838 | nbPtr->inset2 = nbPtr->defTabStyle.borderWidth + nbPtr->corner;
|
---|
| 2839 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2840 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2841 | }
|
---|
| 2842 |
|
---|
| 2843 | /*
|
---|
| 2844 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2845 | *
|
---|
| 2846 | * Notebook operations
|
---|
| 2847 | *
|
---|
| 2848 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2849 | */
|
---|
| 2850 | /*
|
---|
| 2851 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2852 | *
|
---|
| 2853 | * ActivateOp --
|
---|
| 2854 | *
|
---|
| 2855 | * Selects the tab to appear active.
|
---|
| 2856 | *
|
---|
| 2857 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2858 | */
|
---|
| 2859 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 2860 | static int
|
---|
| 2861 | ActivateOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 2862 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2863 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 2864 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 2865 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 2866 | {
|
---|
| 2867 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2868 |
|
---|
| 2869 | if (argv[2][0] == '\0') {
|
---|
| 2870 | tabPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 2871 | } else if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2872 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2873 | }
|
---|
| 2874 | if ((tabPtr != NULL) && (tabPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)) {
|
---|
| 2875 | tabPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 2876 | }
|
---|
| 2877 | if (tabPtr != nbPtr->activePtr) {
|
---|
| 2878 | nbPtr->activePtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 2879 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2880 | }
|
---|
| 2881 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2882 | }
|
---|
| 2883 |
|
---|
| 2884 | /*
|
---|
| 2885 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2886 | *
|
---|
| 2887 | * BindOp --
|
---|
| 2888 | *
|
---|
| 2889 | * .t bind index sequence command
|
---|
| 2890 | *
|
---|
| 2891 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2892 | */
|
---|
| 2893 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 2894 | static int
|
---|
| 2895 | BindOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 2896 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2897 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 2898 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 2899 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 2900 | {
|
---|
| 2901 | if (argc == 2) {
|
---|
| 2902 | Blt_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
---|
| 2903 | Blt_HashSearch cursor;
|
---|
| 2904 | char *tagName;
|
---|
| 2905 |
|
---|
| 2906 | for (hPtr = Blt_FirstHashEntry(&(nbPtr->tagTable), &cursor);
|
---|
| 2907 | hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Blt_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) {
|
---|
| 2908 | tagName = Blt_GetHashKey(&(nbPtr->tagTable), hPtr);
|
---|
| 2909 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, tagName);
|
---|
| 2910 | }
|
---|
| 2911 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2912 | }
|
---|
| 2913 | return Blt_ConfigureBindings(interp, nbPtr->bindTable,
|
---|
| 2914 | MakeTag(nbPtr, argv[2]), argc - 3, argv + 3);
|
---|
| 2915 | }
|
---|
| 2916 |
|
---|
| 2917 | /*
|
---|
| 2918 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2919 | *
|
---|
| 2920 | * CgetOp --
|
---|
| 2921 | *
|
---|
| 2922 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2923 | */
|
---|
| 2924 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 2925 | static int
|
---|
| 2926 | CgetOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 2927 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2928 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 2929 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 2930 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 2931 | {
|
---|
| 2932 | lastNotebookInstance = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2933 | return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
|
---|
| 2934 | (char *)nbPtr, argv[2], 0);
|
---|
| 2935 | }
|
---|
| 2936 |
|
---|
| 2937 | /*
|
---|
| 2938 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2939 | *
|
---|
| 2940 | * ConfigureOp --
|
---|
| 2941 | *
|
---|
| 2942 | * This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus
|
---|
| 2943 | * the Tk option database, in order to configure (or reconfigure)
|
---|
| 2944 | * the widget.
|
---|
| 2945 | *
|
---|
| 2946 | * Results:
|
---|
| 2947 | * A standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then
|
---|
| 2948 | * interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 2949 | *
|
---|
| 2950 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 2951 | * Configuration information, such as text string, colors, font,
|
---|
| 2952 | * etc. get set for nbPtr; old resources get freed, if there
|
---|
| 2953 | * were any. The widget is redisplayed.
|
---|
| 2954 | *
|
---|
| 2955 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2956 | */
|
---|
| 2957 | static int
|
---|
| 2958 | ConfigureOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 2959 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2960 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 2961 | int argc;
|
---|
| 2962 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 2963 | {
|
---|
| 2964 |
|
---|
| 2965 | lastNotebookInstance = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2966 | if (argc == 2) {
|
---|
| 2967 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
|
---|
| 2968 | (char *)nbPtr, (char *)NULL, 0);
|
---|
| 2969 | } else if (argc == 3) {
|
---|
| 2970 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
|
---|
| 2971 | (char *)nbPtr, argv[2], 0);
|
---|
| 2972 | }
|
---|
| 2973 | if (ConfigureNotebook(interp, nbPtr, argc - 2, argv + 2,
|
---|
| 2974 | TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 2975 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 2976 | }
|
---|
| 2977 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 2978 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 2979 | }
|
---|
| 2980 |
|
---|
| 2981 | /*
|
---|
| 2982 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2983 | *
|
---|
| 2984 | * DeleteOp --
|
---|
| 2985 | *
|
---|
| 2986 | * Deletes tab from the set. Deletes either a range of
|
---|
| 2987 | * tabs or a single node.
|
---|
| 2988 | *
|
---|
| 2989 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 2990 | */
|
---|
| 2991 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 2992 | static int
|
---|
| 2993 | DeleteOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 2994 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 2995 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 2996 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 2997 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 2998 | {
|
---|
| 2999 | Tab *firstPtr, *lastPtr;
|
---|
| 3000 |
|
---|
| 3001 | lastPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 3002 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &firstPtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3003 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3004 | }
|
---|
| 3005 | if ((argc == 4) &&
|
---|
| 3006 | (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[3], &lastPtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK)) {
|
---|
| 3007 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3008 | }
|
---|
| 3009 | if (lastPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3010 | DestroyTab(nbPtr, firstPtr);
|
---|
| 3011 | } else {
|
---|
| 3012 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3013 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *nextLinkPtr;
|
---|
| 3014 |
|
---|
| 3015 | tabPtr = NULL; /* Suppress compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 3016 |
|
---|
| 3017 | /* Make sure that the first tab is before the last. */
|
---|
| 3018 | for (linkPtr = firstPtr->linkPtr; linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 3019 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 3020 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3021 | if (tabPtr == lastPtr) {
|
---|
| 3022 | break;
|
---|
| 3023 | }
|
---|
| 3024 | }
|
---|
| 3025 | if (tabPtr != lastPtr) {
|
---|
| 3026 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3027 | }
|
---|
| 3028 | linkPtr = firstPtr->linkPtr;
|
---|
| 3029 | while (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3030 | nextLinkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3031 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3032 | DestroyTab(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3033 | linkPtr = nextLinkPtr;
|
---|
| 3034 | if (tabPtr == lastPtr) {
|
---|
| 3035 | break;
|
---|
| 3036 | }
|
---|
| 3037 | }
|
---|
| 3038 | }
|
---|
| 3039 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 3040 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3041 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3042 | }
|
---|
| 3043 |
|
---|
| 3044 | /*
|
---|
| 3045 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3046 | *
|
---|
| 3047 | * FocusOp --
|
---|
| 3048 | *
|
---|
| 3049 | * Selects the tab to get focus.
|
---|
| 3050 | *
|
---|
| 3051 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3052 | */
|
---|
| 3053 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3054 | static int
|
---|
| 3055 | FocusOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3056 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3057 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3058 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3059 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3060 | {
|
---|
| 3061 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3062 |
|
---|
| 3063 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3064 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3065 | }
|
---|
| 3066 | if (tabPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3067 | nbPtr->focusPtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3068 | Blt_SetFocusItem(nbPtr->bindTable, nbPtr->focusPtr, NULL);
|
---|
| 3069 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3070 | }
|
---|
| 3071 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3072 | }
|
---|
| 3073 |
|
---|
| 3074 | /*
|
---|
| 3075 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3076 | *
|
---|
| 3077 | * IndexOp --
|
---|
| 3078 | *
|
---|
| 3079 | * Converts a string representing a tab index.
|
---|
| 3080 | *
|
---|
| 3081 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3082 | * A standard Tcl result. Interp->result will contain the
|
---|
| 3083 | * identifier of each index found. If an index could not be found,
|
---|
| 3084 | * then the serial identifier will be the empty string.
|
---|
| 3085 | *
|
---|
| 3086 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3087 | */
|
---|
| 3088 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3089 | static int
|
---|
| 3090 | IndexOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3091 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3092 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3093 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3094 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3095 | {
|
---|
| 3096 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3097 |
|
---|
| 3098 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3099 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3100 | }
|
---|
| 3101 | if (tabPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3102 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, Blt_Itoa(TabIndex(nbPtr, tabPtr)),
|
---|
| 3103 | TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3104 | }
|
---|
| 3105 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3106 | }
|
---|
| 3107 |
|
---|
| 3108 | /*
|
---|
| 3109 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3110 | *
|
---|
| 3111 | * IdOp --
|
---|
| 3112 | *
|
---|
| 3113 | * Converts a tab index into the tab identifier.
|
---|
| 3114 | *
|
---|
| 3115 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3116 | * A standard Tcl result. Interp->result will contain the
|
---|
| 3117 | * identifier of each index found. If an index could not be found,
|
---|
| 3118 | * then the serial identifier will be the empty string.
|
---|
| 3119 | *
|
---|
| 3120 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3121 | */
|
---|
| 3122 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3123 | static int
|
---|
| 3124 | IdOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3125 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3126 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3127 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3128 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3129 | {
|
---|
| 3130 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3131 |
|
---|
| 3132 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3133 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3134 | }
|
---|
| 3135 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3136 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, "", TCL_STATIC);
|
---|
| 3137 | } else {
|
---|
| 3138 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, tabPtr->name, TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3139 | }
|
---|
| 3140 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3141 | }
|
---|
| 3142 |
|
---|
| 3143 | /*
|
---|
| 3144 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3145 | *
|
---|
| 3146 | * InsertOp --
|
---|
| 3147 | *
|
---|
| 3148 | * Add new entries into a tab set.
|
---|
| 3149 | *
|
---|
| 3150 | * .t insert end label option-value label option-value...
|
---|
| 3151 | *
|
---|
| 3152 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3153 | */
|
---|
| 3154 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3155 | static int
|
---|
| 3156 | InsertOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3157 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3158 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3159 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3160 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3161 | {
|
---|
| 3162 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3163 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr, *beforeLinkPtr;
|
---|
| 3164 | char c;
|
---|
| 3165 |
|
---|
| 3166 | c = argv[2][0];
|
---|
| 3167 | if ((c == 'e') && (strcmp(argv[2], "end") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 3168 | beforeLinkPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 3169 | } else if (isdigit(UCHAR(c))) {
|
---|
| 3170 | int position;
|
---|
| 3171 |
|
---|
| 3172 | if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &position) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3173 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3174 | }
|
---|
| 3175 | if (position < 0) {
|
---|
| 3176 | beforeLinkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 3177 | } else if (position > Blt_ChainGetLength(nbPtr->chainPtr)) {
|
---|
| 3178 | beforeLinkPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 3179 | } else {
|
---|
| 3180 | beforeLinkPtr = Blt_ChainGetNthLink(nbPtr->chainPtr, position);
|
---|
| 3181 | }
|
---|
| 3182 | } else {
|
---|
| 3183 | Tab *beforePtr;
|
---|
| 3184 |
|
---|
| 3185 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &beforePtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3186 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3187 | }
|
---|
| 3188 | beforeLinkPtr = beforePtr->linkPtr;
|
---|
| 3189 | }
|
---|
| 3190 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 3191 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3192 | tabPtr = CreateTab(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3193 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3194 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3195 | }
|
---|
| 3196 | lastNotebookInstance = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3197 | if (Blt_ConfigureWidgetComponent(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, tabPtr->name,
|
---|
| 3198 | "Tab", tabConfigSpecs, argc - 3, argv + 3, (char *)tabPtr, 0)
|
---|
| 3199 | != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3200 | DestroyTab(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3201 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3202 | }
|
---|
| 3203 | if (ConfigureTab(nbPtr, tabPtr) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3204 | DestroyTab(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3205 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3206 | }
|
---|
| 3207 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNewLink();
|
---|
| 3208 | if (beforeLinkPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3209 | Blt_ChainAppendLink(nbPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3210 | } else {
|
---|
| 3211 | Blt_ChainLinkBefore(nbPtr->chainPtr, linkPtr, beforeLinkPtr);
|
---|
| 3212 | }
|
---|
| 3213 | tabPtr->linkPtr = linkPtr;
|
---|
| 3214 | Blt_ChainSetValue(linkPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3215 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, tabPtr->name, TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3216 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3217 |
|
---|
| 3218 | }
|
---|
| 3219 |
|
---|
| 3220 | /*
|
---|
| 3221 | * Preprocess the command string for percent substitution.
|
---|
| 3222 | */
|
---|
| 3223 | static void
|
---|
| 3224 | PercentSubst(nbPtr, tabPtr, command, resultPtr)
|
---|
| 3225 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3226 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3227 | char *command;
|
---|
| 3228 | Tcl_DString *resultPtr;
|
---|
| 3229 | {
|
---|
| 3230 | register char *last, *p;
|
---|
| 3231 | /*
|
---|
| 3232 | * Get the full path name of the node, in case we need to
|
---|
| 3233 | * substitute for it.
|
---|
| 3234 | */
|
---|
| 3235 | Tcl_DStringInit(resultPtr);
|
---|
| 3236 | for (last = p = command; *p != '\0'; p++) {
|
---|
| 3237 | if (*p == '%') {
|
---|
| 3238 | char *string;
|
---|
| 3239 | char buf[3];
|
---|
| 3240 |
|
---|
| 3241 | if (p > last) {
|
---|
| 3242 | *p = '\0';
|
---|
| 3243 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, last, -1);
|
---|
| 3244 | *p = '%';
|
---|
| 3245 | }
|
---|
| 3246 | switch (*(p + 1)) {
|
---|
| 3247 | case '%': /* Percent sign */
|
---|
| 3248 | string = "%";
|
---|
| 3249 | break;
|
---|
| 3250 | case 'W': /* Widget name */
|
---|
| 3251 | string = Tk_PathName(nbPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3252 | break;
|
---|
| 3253 | case 'i': /* Tab Index */
|
---|
| 3254 | string = Blt_Itoa(TabIndex(nbPtr, tabPtr));
|
---|
| 3255 | break;
|
---|
| 3256 | case 'n': /* Tab name */
|
---|
| 3257 | string = tabPtr->name;
|
---|
| 3258 | break;
|
---|
| 3259 | default:
|
---|
| 3260 | if (*(p + 1) == '\0') {
|
---|
| 3261 | p--;
|
---|
| 3262 | }
|
---|
| 3263 | buf[0] = *p, buf[1] = *(p + 1), buf[2] = '\0';
|
---|
| 3264 | string = buf;
|
---|
| 3265 | break;
|
---|
| 3266 | }
|
---|
| 3267 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, string, -1);
|
---|
| 3268 | p++;
|
---|
| 3269 | last = p + 1;
|
---|
| 3270 | }
|
---|
| 3271 | }
|
---|
| 3272 | if (p > last) {
|
---|
| 3273 | *p = '\0';
|
---|
| 3274 | Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, last, -1);
|
---|
| 3275 | }
|
---|
| 3276 | }
|
---|
| 3277 |
|
---|
| 3278 | /*
|
---|
| 3279 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3280 | *
|
---|
| 3281 | * InvokeOp --
|
---|
| 3282 | *
|
---|
| 3283 | * This procedure is called to invoke a selection command.
|
---|
| 3284 | *
|
---|
| 3285 | * .h invoke index
|
---|
| 3286 | *
|
---|
| 3287 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3288 | * A standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then
|
---|
| 3289 | * interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 3290 | *
|
---|
| 3291 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 3292 | * Configuration information, such as text string, colors, font,
|
---|
| 3293 | * etc. get set; old resources get freed, if there were any.
|
---|
| 3294 | * The widget is redisplayed if needed.
|
---|
| 3295 | *
|
---|
| 3296 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3297 | */
|
---|
| 3298 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3299 | static int
|
---|
| 3300 | InvokeOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3301 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3302 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3303 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3304 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3305 | {
|
---|
| 3306 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3307 | char *command;
|
---|
| 3308 |
|
---|
| 3309 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3310 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3311 | }
|
---|
| 3312 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)) {
|
---|
| 3313 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3314 | }
|
---|
| 3315 | Tcl_Preserve(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3316 | command = GETATTR(tabPtr, command);
|
---|
| 3317 | if (command != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3318 | Tcl_DString dString;
|
---|
| 3319 | int result;
|
---|
| 3320 |
|
---|
| 3321 | PercentSubst(nbPtr, tabPtr, command, &dString);
|
---|
| 3322 | result = Tcl_GlobalEval(nbPtr->interp,
|
---|
| 3323 | Tcl_DStringValue(&dString));
|
---|
| 3324 | Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
|
---|
| 3325 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3326 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3327 | }
|
---|
| 3328 | }
|
---|
| 3329 | Tcl_Release(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3330 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3331 | }
|
---|
| 3332 |
|
---|
| 3333 | /*
|
---|
| 3334 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3335 | *
|
---|
| 3336 | * MoveOp --
|
---|
| 3337 | *
|
---|
| 3338 | * Moves a tab to a new location.
|
---|
| 3339 | *
|
---|
| 3340 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3341 | */
|
---|
| 3342 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3343 | static int
|
---|
| 3344 | MoveOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3345 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3346 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3347 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3348 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3349 | {
|
---|
| 3350 | Tab *tabPtr, *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 3351 | int before;
|
---|
| 3352 |
|
---|
| 3353 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3354 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3355 | }
|
---|
| 3356 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)) {
|
---|
| 3357 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3358 | }
|
---|
| 3359 | if ((argv[3][0] == 'b') && (strcmp(argv[3], "before") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 3360 | before = 1;
|
---|
| 3361 | } else if ((argv[3][0] == 'a') && (strcmp(argv[3], "after") == 0)) {
|
---|
| 3362 | before = 0;
|
---|
| 3363 | } else {
|
---|
| 3364 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad key word \"", argv[3],
|
---|
| 3365 | "\": should be \"after\" or \"before\"", (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 3366 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3367 | }
|
---|
| 3368 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[4], &linkPtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3369 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3370 | }
|
---|
| 3371 | if (tabPtr == linkPtr) {
|
---|
| 3372 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3373 | }
|
---|
| 3374 | Blt_ChainUnlinkLink(nbPtr->chainPtr, tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3375 | if (before) {
|
---|
| 3376 | Blt_ChainLinkBefore(nbPtr->chainPtr, tabPtr->linkPtr,
|
---|
| 3377 | linkPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3378 | } else {
|
---|
| 3379 | Blt_ChainLinkAfter(nbPtr->chainPtr, tabPtr->linkPtr,
|
---|
| 3380 | linkPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3381 | }
|
---|
| 3382 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 3383 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3384 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3385 | }
|
---|
| 3386 |
|
---|
| 3387 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3388 | static int
|
---|
| 3389 | NearestOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3390 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3391 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3392 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3393 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3394 | {
|
---|
| 3395 | int x, y; /* Screen coordinates of the test point. */
|
---|
| 3396 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3397 |
|
---|
| 3398 | if ((Tk_GetPixels(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
|
---|
| 3399 | (Tk_GetPixels(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
|
---|
| 3400 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3401 | }
|
---|
| 3402 | if (nbPtr->nVisible > 0) {
|
---|
| 3403 | tabPtr = (Tab *)PickTab(nbPtr, x, y, NULL);
|
---|
| 3404 | if (tabPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3405 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, tabPtr->name, TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3406 | }
|
---|
| 3407 | }
|
---|
| 3408 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3409 | }
|
---|
| 3410 |
|
---|
| 3411 | /*
|
---|
| 3412 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3413 | *
|
---|
| 3414 | * SelectOp --
|
---|
| 3415 | *
|
---|
| 3416 | * This procedure is called to selecta tab.
|
---|
| 3417 | *
|
---|
| 3418 | * .h select index
|
---|
| 3419 | *
|
---|
| 3420 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3421 | * A standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then
|
---|
| 3422 | * interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 3423 | *
|
---|
| 3424 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 3425 | * Configuration information, such as text string, colors, font,
|
---|
| 3426 | * etc. get set; old resources get freed, if there were any.
|
---|
| 3427 | * The widget is redisplayed if needed.
|
---|
| 3428 | *
|
---|
| 3429 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3430 | */
|
---|
| 3431 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3432 | static int
|
---|
| 3433 | SelectOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3434 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3435 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3436 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3437 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3438 | {
|
---|
| 3439 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3440 |
|
---|
| 3441 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3442 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3443 | }
|
---|
| 3444 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)) {
|
---|
| 3445 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3446 | }
|
---|
| 3447 | if ((nbPtr->selectPtr != NULL) && (nbPtr->selectPtr != tabPtr) &&
|
---|
| 3448 | (nbPtr->selectPtr->tkwin != NULL)) {
|
---|
| 3449 | if (nbPtr->selectPtr->container == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3450 | if (Tk_IsMapped(nbPtr->selectPtr->tkwin)) {
|
---|
| 3451 | Tk_UnmapWindow(nbPtr->selectPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3452 | }
|
---|
| 3453 | } else {
|
---|
| 3454 | /* Redraw now unselected container. */
|
---|
| 3455 | EventuallyRedrawTearoff(nbPtr->selectPtr);
|
---|
| 3456 | }
|
---|
| 3457 | }
|
---|
| 3458 | nbPtr->selectPtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3459 | if ((nbPtr->nTiers > 1) && (tabPtr->tier != nbPtr->startPtr->tier)) {
|
---|
| 3460 | RenumberTiers(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3461 | Blt_PickCurrentItem(nbPtr->bindTable);
|
---|
| 3462 | }
|
---|
| 3463 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 3464 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3465 | EventuallyRedrawTearoff(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3466 | }
|
---|
| 3467 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3468 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3469 | }
|
---|
| 3470 |
|
---|
| 3471 | static int
|
---|
| 3472 | ViewOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3473 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3474 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3475 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3476 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3477 | {
|
---|
| 3478 | int width;
|
---|
| 3479 |
|
---|
| 3480 | width = VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3481 | if (argc == 2) {
|
---|
| 3482 | double fract;
|
---|
| 3483 |
|
---|
| 3484 | /*
|
---|
| 3485 | * Note: we are bounding the fractions between 0.0 and 1.0 to
|
---|
| 3486 | * support the "canvas"-style of scrolling.
|
---|
| 3487 | */
|
---|
| 3488 |
|
---|
| 3489 | fract = (double)nbPtr->scrollOffset / nbPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 3490 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Blt_Dtoa(interp, CLAMP(fract, 0.0, 1.0)));
|
---|
| 3491 | fract = (double)(nbPtr->scrollOffset + width) / nbPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 3492 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Blt_Dtoa(interp, CLAMP(fract, 0.0, 1.0)));
|
---|
| 3493 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3494 | }
|
---|
| 3495 | if (Blt_GetScrollInfo(interp, argc - 2, argv + 2, &(nbPtr->scrollOffset),
|
---|
| 3496 | nbPtr->worldWidth, width, nbPtr->scrollUnits,
|
---|
| 3497 | BLT_SCROLL_MODE_CANVAS) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3498 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3499 | }
|
---|
| 3500 | nbPtr->flags |= TNB_SCROLL;
|
---|
| 3501 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3502 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3503 | }
|
---|
| 3504 |
|
---|
| 3505 |
|
---|
| 3506 | static void
|
---|
| 3507 | AdoptWindow(clientData)
|
---|
| 3508 | ClientData clientData;
|
---|
| 3509 | {
|
---|
| 3510 | Tab *tabPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 3511 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 3512 | Notebook *nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3513 |
|
---|
| 3514 | x = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2 + tabPtr->padLeft;
|
---|
| 3515 | #define TEAR_OFF_TAB_SIZE 5
|
---|
| 3516 | y = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2 + nbPtr->yPad +
|
---|
| 3517 | nbPtr->outerPad + TEAR_OFF_TAB_SIZE + tabPtr->padTop;
|
---|
| 3518 | Blt_RelinkWindow(tabPtr->tkwin, tabPtr->container, x, y);
|
---|
| 3519 | Tk_MapWindow(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3520 | }
|
---|
| 3521 |
|
---|
| 3522 | static void
|
---|
| 3523 | DestroyTearoff(dataPtr)
|
---|
| 3524 | DestroyData dataPtr;
|
---|
| 3525 | {
|
---|
| 3526 | Tab *tabPtr = (Tab *)dataPtr;
|
---|
| 3527 |
|
---|
| 3528 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3529 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3530 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 3531 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3532 |
|
---|
| 3533 | tkwin = tabPtr->container;
|
---|
| 3534 | if (tabPtr->flags & TAB_REDRAW) {
|
---|
| 3535 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayTearoff, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3536 | }
|
---|
| 3537 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, TearoffEventProc,
|
---|
| 3538 | tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3539 | if (tabPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3540 | XRectangle rect;
|
---|
| 3541 |
|
---|
| 3542 | GetWindowRectangle(tabPtr, nbPtr->tkwin, FALSE, &rect);
|
---|
| 3543 | Blt_RelinkWindow(tabPtr->tkwin, nbPtr->tkwin, rect.x, rect.y);
|
---|
| 3544 | if (tabPtr == nbPtr->selectPtr) {
|
---|
| 3545 | ArrangeWindow(tabPtr->tkwin, &rect, TRUE);
|
---|
| 3546 | } else {
|
---|
| 3547 | Tk_UnmapWindow(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3548 | }
|
---|
| 3549 | }
|
---|
| 3550 | Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
|
---|
| 3551 | tabPtr->container = NULL;
|
---|
| 3552 | }
|
---|
| 3553 | }
|
---|
| 3554 |
|
---|
| 3555 | static int
|
---|
| 3556 | CreateTearoff(nbPtr, name, tabPtr)
|
---|
| 3557 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3558 | char *name;
|
---|
| 3559 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3560 | {
|
---|
| 3561 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 3562 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 3563 |
|
---|
| 3564 | tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(nbPtr->interp, nbPtr->tkwin, name,
|
---|
| 3565 | (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 3566 | if (tkwin == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3567 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3568 | }
|
---|
| 3569 | tabPtr->container = tkwin;
|
---|
| 3570 | if (Tk_WindowId(tkwin) == None) {
|
---|
| 3571 | Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
|
---|
| 3572 | }
|
---|
| 3573 | Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Tearoff");
|
---|
| 3574 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, (ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask),
|
---|
| 3575 | TearoffEventProc, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3576 | if (Tk_WindowId(tabPtr->tkwin) == None) {
|
---|
| 3577 | Tk_MakeWindowExist(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3578 | }
|
---|
| 3579 | width = Tk_Width(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3580 | if (width < 2) {
|
---|
| 3581 | width = (tabPtr->reqWidth > 0)
|
---|
| 3582 | ? tabPtr->reqWidth : Tk_ReqWidth(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3583 | }
|
---|
| 3584 | width += PADDING(tabPtr->padX) + 2 *
|
---|
| 3585 | Tk_Changes(tabPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
|
---|
| 3586 | width += 2 * (nbPtr->inset2 + nbPtr->inset);
|
---|
| 3587 | #define TEAR_OFF_TAB_SIZE 5
|
---|
| 3588 | height = Tk_Height(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3589 | if (height < 2) {
|
---|
| 3590 | height = (tabPtr->reqHeight > 0)
|
---|
| 3591 | ? tabPtr->reqHeight : Tk_ReqHeight(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3592 | }
|
---|
| 3593 | height += PADDING(tabPtr->padY) +
|
---|
| 3594 | 2 * Tk_Changes(tabPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
|
---|
| 3595 | height += nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2 + nbPtr->yPad +
|
---|
| 3596 | TEAR_OFF_TAB_SIZE + nbPtr->outerPad;
|
---|
| 3597 | Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin, width, height);
|
---|
| 3598 | Tk_UnmapWindow(tabPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3599 | /* Tk_MoveWindow(tabPtr->tkwin, 0, 0); */
|
---|
| 3600 | Tcl_SetResult(nbPtr->interp, Tk_PathName(tkwin), TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3601 | #ifdef WIN32
|
---|
| 3602 | AdoptWindow(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3603 | #else
|
---|
| 3604 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(AdoptWindow, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3605 | #endif
|
---|
| 3606 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3607 | }
|
---|
| 3608 |
|
---|
| 3609 | /*
|
---|
| 3610 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3611 | *
|
---|
| 3612 | * TabCgetOp --
|
---|
| 3613 | *
|
---|
| 3614 | * .h tab cget index option
|
---|
| 3615 | *
|
---|
| 3616 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3617 | */
|
---|
| 3618 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3619 | static int
|
---|
| 3620 | TabCgetOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3621 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3622 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3623 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3624 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3625 | {
|
---|
| 3626 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3627 |
|
---|
| 3628 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[3], &tabPtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3629 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3630 | }
|
---|
| 3631 | lastNotebookInstance = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3632 | return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
|
---|
| 3633 | (char *)tabPtr, argv[4], 0);
|
---|
| 3634 | }
|
---|
| 3635 |
|
---|
| 3636 | /*
|
---|
| 3637 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3638 | *
|
---|
| 3639 | * TabConfigureOp --
|
---|
| 3640 | *
|
---|
| 3641 | * This procedure is called to process a list of configuration
|
---|
| 3642 | * options database, in order to reconfigure the options for
|
---|
| 3643 | * one or more tabs in the widget.
|
---|
| 3644 | *
|
---|
| 3645 | * .h tab configure index ?index...? ?option value?...
|
---|
| 3646 | *
|
---|
| 3647 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3648 | * A standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then
|
---|
| 3649 | * interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 3650 | *
|
---|
| 3651 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 3652 | * Configuration information, such as text string, colors, font,
|
---|
| 3653 | * etc. get set; old resources get freed, if there were any.
|
---|
| 3654 | * The widget is redisplayed if needed.
|
---|
| 3655 | *
|
---|
| 3656 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3657 | */
|
---|
| 3658 | static int
|
---|
| 3659 | TabConfigureOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3660 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3661 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3662 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3663 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3664 | {
|
---|
| 3665 | int nTabs, nOpts, result;
|
---|
| 3666 | char **options;
|
---|
| 3667 | register int i;
|
---|
| 3668 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3669 |
|
---|
| 3670 | /* Figure out where the option value pairs begin */
|
---|
| 3671 | argc -= 3;
|
---|
| 3672 | argv += 3;
|
---|
| 3673 | for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
|
---|
| 3674 | if (argv[i][0] == '-') {
|
---|
| 3675 | break;
|
---|
| 3676 | }
|
---|
| 3677 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[i], &tabPtr, INVALID_FAIL) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3678 | return TCL_ERROR; /* Can't find node. */
|
---|
| 3679 | }
|
---|
| 3680 | }
|
---|
| 3681 | nTabs = i; /* Number of tab indices specified */
|
---|
| 3682 | nOpts = argc - i; /* Number of options specified */
|
---|
| 3683 | options = argv + i; /* Start of options in argv */
|
---|
| 3684 |
|
---|
| 3685 | for (i = 0; i < nTabs; i++) {
|
---|
| 3686 | GetTab(nbPtr, argv[i], &tabPtr, INVALID_FAIL);
|
---|
| 3687 | if (argc == 1) {
|
---|
| 3688 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
|
---|
| 3689 | (char *)tabPtr, (char *)NULL, 0);
|
---|
| 3690 | } else if (argc == 2) {
|
---|
| 3691 | return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
|
---|
| 3692 | (char *)tabPtr, argv[2], 0);
|
---|
| 3693 | }
|
---|
| 3694 | Tcl_Preserve(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3695 | lastNotebookInstance = nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3696 | result = Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, tabConfigSpecs,
|
---|
| 3697 | nOpts, options, (char *)tabPtr, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
|
---|
| 3698 | if (result == TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3699 | result = ConfigureTab(nbPtr, tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3700 | }
|
---|
| 3701 | Tcl_Release(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3702 | if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
|
---|
| 3703 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3704 | }
|
---|
| 3705 | if (tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE) {
|
---|
| 3706 | nbPtr->flags |= (TNB_LAYOUT | TNB_SCROLL);
|
---|
| 3707 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3708 | }
|
---|
| 3709 | }
|
---|
| 3710 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3711 | }
|
---|
| 3712 |
|
---|
| 3713 | /*
|
---|
| 3714 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3715 | *
|
---|
| 3716 | * TabDockallOp --
|
---|
| 3717 | *
|
---|
| 3718 | * .h tab dockall
|
---|
| 3719 | *
|
---|
| 3720 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3721 | */
|
---|
| 3722 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3723 | static int
|
---|
| 3724 | TabDockallOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3725 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3726 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3727 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3728 | char **argv; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3729 | {
|
---|
| 3730 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3731 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 3732 |
|
---|
| 3733 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 3734 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 3735 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3736 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3737 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(tabPtr, DestroyTearoff);
|
---|
| 3738 | }
|
---|
| 3739 | }
|
---|
| 3740 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3741 | }
|
---|
| 3742 |
|
---|
| 3743 | /*
|
---|
| 3744 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3745 | *
|
---|
| 3746 | * TabNamesOp --
|
---|
| 3747 | *
|
---|
| 3748 | * .h tab names pattern
|
---|
| 3749 | *
|
---|
| 3750 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3751 | */
|
---|
| 3752 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3753 | static int
|
---|
| 3754 | TabNamesOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3755 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3756 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3757 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3758 | char **argv; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3759 | {
|
---|
| 3760 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3761 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 3762 |
|
---|
| 3763 | if (argc == 3) {
|
---|
| 3764 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 3765 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 3766 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3767 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, tabPtr->name);
|
---|
| 3768 | }
|
---|
| 3769 | } else {
|
---|
| 3770 | register int i;
|
---|
| 3771 |
|
---|
| 3772 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 3773 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 3774 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 3775 | for (i = 3; i < argc; i++) {
|
---|
| 3776 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(tabPtr->name, argv[i])) {
|
---|
| 3777 | Tcl_AppendElement(interp, tabPtr->name);
|
---|
| 3778 | break;
|
---|
| 3779 | }
|
---|
| 3780 | }
|
---|
| 3781 | }
|
---|
| 3782 | }
|
---|
| 3783 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3784 | }
|
---|
| 3785 | /*
|
---|
| 3786 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3787 | *
|
---|
| 3788 | * TabTearoffOp --
|
---|
| 3789 | *
|
---|
| 3790 | * .h tab tearoff index ?title?
|
---|
| 3791 | *
|
---|
| 3792 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3793 | */
|
---|
| 3794 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3795 | static int
|
---|
| 3796 | TabTearoffOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3797 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3798 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3799 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3800 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3801 | {
|
---|
| 3802 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 3803 | int result;
|
---|
| 3804 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 3805 |
|
---|
| 3806 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[3], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3807 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3808 | }
|
---|
| 3809 | if ((tabPtr == NULL) || (tabPtr->tkwin == NULL) ||
|
---|
| 3810 | (tabPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)) {
|
---|
| 3811 | return TCL_OK; /* No-op */
|
---|
| 3812 | }
|
---|
| 3813 | if (argc == 4) {
|
---|
| 3814 | Tk_Window parent;
|
---|
| 3815 |
|
---|
| 3816 | parent = (tabPtr->container == NULL)
|
---|
| 3817 | ? nbPtr->tkwin : tabPtr->container;
|
---|
| 3818 | Tcl_SetResult(nbPtr->interp, Tk_PathName(parent), TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 3819 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3820 | }
|
---|
| 3821 | Tcl_Preserve(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3822 | result = TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3823 |
|
---|
| 3824 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[4], nbPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 3825 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
---|
| 3826 |
|
---|
| 3827 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3828 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(tabPtr, DestroyTearoff);
|
---|
| 3829 | }
|
---|
| 3830 | if ((tkwin != nbPtr->tkwin) && (tabPtr->container == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 3831 | result = CreateTearoff(nbPtr, argv[4], tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3832 | }
|
---|
| 3833 | Tcl_Release(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 3834 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3835 | return result;
|
---|
| 3836 | }
|
---|
| 3837 |
|
---|
| 3838 | /*
|
---|
| 3839 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3840 | *
|
---|
| 3841 | * TabOp --
|
---|
| 3842 | *
|
---|
| 3843 | * This procedure handles tab operations.
|
---|
| 3844 | *
|
---|
| 3845 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3846 | * A standard Tcl result.
|
---|
| 3847 | *
|
---|
| 3848 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3849 | */
|
---|
| 3850 | static Blt_OpSpec tabOps[] =
|
---|
| 3851 | {
|
---|
| 3852 | {"cget", 2, (Blt_Op)TabCgetOp, 5, 5, "nameOrIndex option",},
|
---|
| 3853 | {"configure", 2, (Blt_Op)TabConfigureOp, 4, 0,
|
---|
| 3854 | "nameOrIndex ?option value?...",},
|
---|
| 3855 | {"dockall", 1, (Blt_Op)TabDockallOp, 3, 3, "" },
|
---|
| 3856 | {"names", 1, (Blt_Op)TabNamesOp, 3, 0, "?pattern...?",},
|
---|
| 3857 | {"tearoff", 1, (Blt_Op)TabTearoffOp, 4, 5, "index ?parent?",},
|
---|
| 3858 | };
|
---|
| 3859 |
|
---|
| 3860 | static int nTabOps = sizeof(tabOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec);
|
---|
| 3861 |
|
---|
| 3862 | static int
|
---|
| 3863 | TabOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3864 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3865 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3866 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3867 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3868 | {
|
---|
| 3869 | Blt_Op proc;
|
---|
| 3870 | int result;
|
---|
| 3871 |
|
---|
| 3872 | proc = Blt_GetOp(interp, nTabOps, tabOps, BLT_OP_ARG2, argc, argv, 0);
|
---|
| 3873 | if (proc == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3874 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3875 | }
|
---|
| 3876 | result = (*proc) (nbPtr, interp, argc, argv);
|
---|
| 3877 | return result;
|
---|
| 3878 | }
|
---|
| 3879 |
|
---|
| 3880 | /*
|
---|
| 3881 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3882 | *
|
---|
| 3883 | * PerforationActivateOp --
|
---|
| 3884 | *
|
---|
| 3885 | * This procedure is called to highlight the perforation.
|
---|
| 3886 | *
|
---|
| 3887 | * .h perforation highlight boolean
|
---|
| 3888 | *
|
---|
| 3889 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3890 | * A standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then
|
---|
| 3891 | * interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 3892 | *
|
---|
| 3893 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3894 | */
|
---|
| 3895 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3896 | static int
|
---|
| 3897 | PerforationActivateOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3898 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3899 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3900 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3901 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3902 | {
|
---|
| 3903 | int bool;
|
---|
| 3904 |
|
---|
| 3905 | if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[3], &bool) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3906 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3907 | }
|
---|
| 3908 | if (bool) {
|
---|
| 3909 | nbPtr->flags |= PERFORATION_ACTIVE;
|
---|
| 3910 | } else {
|
---|
| 3911 | nbPtr->flags &= ~PERFORATION_ACTIVE;
|
---|
| 3912 | }
|
---|
| 3913 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3914 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3915 | }
|
---|
| 3916 |
|
---|
| 3917 | /*
|
---|
| 3918 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3919 | *
|
---|
| 3920 | * PerforationInvokeOp --
|
---|
| 3921 | *
|
---|
| 3922 | * This procedure is called to invoke a perforation command.
|
---|
| 3923 | *
|
---|
| 3924 | * .t perforation invoke
|
---|
| 3925 | *
|
---|
| 3926 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3927 | * A standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then
|
---|
| 3928 | * interp->result contains an error message.
|
---|
| 3929 | *
|
---|
| 3930 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3931 | */
|
---|
| 3932 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 3933 | static int
|
---|
| 3934 | PerforationInvokeOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3935 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3936 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 3937 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3938 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3939 | {
|
---|
| 3940 |
|
---|
| 3941 | if (nbPtr->selectPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3942 | char *cmd;
|
---|
| 3943 |
|
---|
| 3944 | cmd = GETATTR(nbPtr->selectPtr, perfCommand);
|
---|
| 3945 | if (cmd != NULL) {
|
---|
| 3946 | Tcl_DString dString;
|
---|
| 3947 | int result;
|
---|
| 3948 |
|
---|
| 3949 | PercentSubst(nbPtr, nbPtr->selectPtr, cmd, &dString);
|
---|
| 3950 | Tcl_Preserve(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3951 | result = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&dString));
|
---|
| 3952 | Tcl_Release(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 3953 | Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
|
---|
| 3954 | if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 3955 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3956 | }
|
---|
| 3957 | }
|
---|
| 3958 | }
|
---|
| 3959 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 3960 | }
|
---|
| 3961 |
|
---|
| 3962 | /*
|
---|
| 3963 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3964 | *
|
---|
| 3965 | * PerforationOp --
|
---|
| 3966 | *
|
---|
| 3967 | * This procedure handles tab operations.
|
---|
| 3968 | *
|
---|
| 3969 | * Results:
|
---|
| 3970 | * A standard Tcl result.
|
---|
| 3971 | *
|
---|
| 3972 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 3973 | */
|
---|
| 3974 | static Blt_OpSpec perforationOps[] =
|
---|
| 3975 | {
|
---|
| 3976 | {"activate", 1, (Blt_Op)PerforationActivateOp, 4, 4, "boolean" },
|
---|
| 3977 | {"invoke", 1, (Blt_Op)PerforationInvokeOp, 3, 3, "",},
|
---|
| 3978 | };
|
---|
| 3979 |
|
---|
| 3980 | static int nPerforationOps = sizeof(perforationOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec);
|
---|
| 3981 |
|
---|
| 3982 | static int
|
---|
| 3983 | PerforationOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 3984 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 3985 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 3986 | int argc;
|
---|
| 3987 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 3988 | {
|
---|
| 3989 | Blt_Op proc;
|
---|
| 3990 | int result;
|
---|
| 3991 |
|
---|
| 3992 | proc = Blt_GetOp(interp, nPerforationOps, perforationOps, BLT_OP_ARG2,
|
---|
| 3993 | argc, argv, 0);
|
---|
| 3994 | if (proc == NULL) {
|
---|
| 3995 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 3996 | }
|
---|
| 3997 | result = (*proc) (nbPtr, interp, argc, argv);
|
---|
| 3998 | return result;
|
---|
| 3999 | }
|
---|
| 4000 |
|
---|
| 4001 | /*
|
---|
| 4002 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4003 | *
|
---|
| 4004 | * ScanOp --
|
---|
| 4005 | *
|
---|
| 4006 | * Implements the quick scan.
|
---|
| 4007 | *
|
---|
| 4008 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 4009 | */
|
---|
| 4010 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 4011 | static int
|
---|
| 4012 | ScanOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 4013 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4014 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 4015 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 4016 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 4017 | {
|
---|
| 4018 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 4019 | char c;
|
---|
| 4020 | unsigned int length;
|
---|
| 4021 | int oper;
|
---|
| 4022 |
|
---|
| 4023 | #define SCAN_MARK 1
|
---|
| 4024 | #define SCAN_DRAGTO 2
|
---|
| 4025 | c = argv[2][0];
|
---|
| 4026 | length = strlen(argv[2]);
|
---|
| 4027 | if ((c == 'm') && (strncmp(argv[2], "mark", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 4028 | oper = SCAN_MARK;
|
---|
| 4029 | } else if ((c == 'd') && (strncmp(argv[2], "dragto", length) == 0)) {
|
---|
| 4030 | oper = SCAN_DRAGTO;
|
---|
| 4031 | } else {
|
---|
| 4032 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scan operation \"", argv[2],
|
---|
| 4033 | "\": should be either \"mark\" or \"dragto\"", (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 4034 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4035 | }
|
---|
| 4036 | if ((Tk_GetPixels(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, argv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
|
---|
| 4037 | (Tk_GetPixels(interp, nbPtr->tkwin, argv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
|
---|
| 4038 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4039 | }
|
---|
| 4040 | if (oper == SCAN_MARK) {
|
---|
| 4041 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 4042 | nbPtr->scanAnchor = y;
|
---|
| 4043 | } else {
|
---|
| 4044 | nbPtr->scanAnchor = x;
|
---|
| 4045 | }
|
---|
| 4046 | nbPtr->scanOffset = nbPtr->scrollOffset;
|
---|
| 4047 | } else {
|
---|
| 4048 | int offset, delta;
|
---|
| 4049 |
|
---|
| 4050 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 4051 | delta = nbPtr->scanAnchor - y;
|
---|
| 4052 | } else {
|
---|
| 4053 | delta = nbPtr->scanAnchor - x;
|
---|
| 4054 | }
|
---|
| 4055 | offset = nbPtr->scanOffset + (10 * delta);
|
---|
| 4056 | offset = Blt_AdjustViewport(offset, nbPtr->worldWidth,
|
---|
| 4057 | VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr), nbPtr->scrollUnits, BLT_SCROLL_MODE_CANVAS);
|
---|
| 4058 | nbPtr->scrollOffset = offset;
|
---|
| 4059 | nbPtr->flags |= TNB_SCROLL;
|
---|
| 4060 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4061 | }
|
---|
| 4062 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 4063 | }
|
---|
| 4064 |
|
---|
| 4065 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 4066 | static int
|
---|
| 4067 | SeeOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 4068 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4069 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 4070 | int argc;
|
---|
| 4071 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 4072 | {
|
---|
| 4073 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4074 |
|
---|
| 4075 | if (GetTab(nbPtr, argv[2], &tabPtr, INVALID_OK) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 4076 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 4077 | }
|
---|
| 4078 | if (tabPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4079 | int left, right, width;
|
---|
| 4080 |
|
---|
| 4081 | width = VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4082 | left = nbPtr->scrollOffset + nbPtr->xSelectPad;
|
---|
| 4083 | right = nbPtr->scrollOffset + width - nbPtr->xSelectPad;
|
---|
| 4084 |
|
---|
| 4085 | /* If the tab is partially obscured, scroll so that it's
|
---|
| 4086 | * entirely in view. */
|
---|
| 4087 | if (tabPtr->worldX < left) {
|
---|
| 4088 | nbPtr->scrollOffset = tabPtr->worldX;
|
---|
| 4089 | if (TabIndex(nbPtr, tabPtr) > 0) {
|
---|
| 4090 | nbPtr->scrollOffset -= TAB_SCROLL_OFFSET;
|
---|
| 4091 | }
|
---|
| 4092 | } else if ((tabPtr->worldX + tabPtr->worldWidth) >= right) {
|
---|
| 4093 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4094 |
|
---|
| 4095 | nbPtr->scrollOffset = tabPtr->worldX + tabPtr->worldWidth -
|
---|
| 4096 | (width - 2 * nbPtr->xSelectPad);
|
---|
| 4097 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(tabPtr->linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4098 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4099 | Tab *nextPtr;
|
---|
| 4100 |
|
---|
| 4101 | nextPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4102 | if (nextPtr->tier == tabPtr->tier) {
|
---|
| 4103 | nbPtr->scrollOffset += TAB_SCROLL_OFFSET;
|
---|
| 4104 | }
|
---|
| 4105 | }
|
---|
| 4106 | }
|
---|
| 4107 | nbPtr->flags |= TNB_SCROLL;
|
---|
| 4108 | EventuallyRedraw(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4109 | }
|
---|
| 4110 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 4111 | }
|
---|
| 4112 |
|
---|
| 4113 | /*ARGSUSED*/
|
---|
| 4114 | static int
|
---|
| 4115 | SizeOp(nbPtr, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 4116 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4117 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 4118 | int argc; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 4119 | char **argv; /* Not used. */
|
---|
| 4120 | {
|
---|
| 4121 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, Blt_Itoa(Blt_ChainGetLength(nbPtr->chainPtr)),
|
---|
| 4122 | TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 4123 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 4124 | }
|
---|
| 4125 | |
---|
| 4126 |
|
---|
| 4127 |
|
---|
| 4128 | static int
|
---|
| 4129 | CountTabs(nbPtr)
|
---|
| 4130 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4131 | {
|
---|
| 4132 | int count;
|
---|
| 4133 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 4134 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4135 | register Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4136 | register int pageWidth, pageHeight;
|
---|
| 4137 | int labelWidth, labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4138 | int tabWidth, tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4139 |
|
---|
| 4140 | pageWidth = pageHeight = 0;
|
---|
| 4141 | count = 0;
|
---|
| 4142 |
|
---|
| 4143 | labelWidth = labelHeight = 0;
|
---|
| 4144 |
|
---|
| 4145 | /*
|
---|
| 4146 | * Pass 1: Figure out the maximum area needed for a label and a
|
---|
| 4147 | * page. Both the label and page dimensions are adjusted
|
---|
| 4148 | * for orientation. In addition, reset the visibility
|
---|
| 4149 | * flags and reorder the tabs.
|
---|
| 4150 | */
|
---|
| 4151 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4152 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4153 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4154 |
|
---|
| 4155 | /* Reset visibility flag and order of tabs. */
|
---|
| 4156 |
|
---|
| 4157 | tabPtr->flags &= ~TAB_VISIBLE;
|
---|
| 4158 | count++;
|
---|
| 4159 |
|
---|
| 4160 | if (tabPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4161 | width = GetReqWidth(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 4162 | if (pageWidth < width) {
|
---|
| 4163 | pageWidth = width;
|
---|
| 4164 | }
|
---|
| 4165 | height = GetReqHeight(tabPtr);
|
---|
| 4166 | if (pageHeight < height) {
|
---|
| 4167 | pageHeight = height;
|
---|
| 4168 | }
|
---|
| 4169 | }
|
---|
| 4170 | if (labelWidth < tabPtr->labelWidth) {
|
---|
| 4171 | labelWidth = tabPtr->labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4172 | }
|
---|
| 4173 | if (labelHeight < tabPtr->labelHeight) {
|
---|
| 4174 | labelHeight = tabPtr->labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4175 | }
|
---|
| 4176 | }
|
---|
| 4177 |
|
---|
| 4178 | nbPtr->overlap = 0;
|
---|
| 4179 |
|
---|
| 4180 | /*
|
---|
| 4181 | * Pass 2: Set the individual sizes of each tab. This is different
|
---|
| 4182 | * for constant and variable width tabs. Add the extra space
|
---|
| 4183 | * needed for slanted tabs, now that we know maximum tab
|
---|
| 4184 | * height.
|
---|
| 4185 | */
|
---|
| 4186 | if (nbPtr->defTabStyle.constWidth) {
|
---|
| 4187 | int slant;
|
---|
| 4188 |
|
---|
| 4189 | tabWidth = 2 * nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 4190 | tabHeight = nbPtr->inset2 /* + 4 */;
|
---|
| 4191 |
|
---|
| 4192 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 4193 | tabWidth += labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4194 | tabHeight += labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4195 | slant = labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4196 | } else {
|
---|
| 4197 | tabWidth += labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4198 | tabHeight += labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4199 | slant = labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4200 | }
|
---|
| 4201 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 4202 | tabWidth += slant;
|
---|
| 4203 | nbPtr->overlap += tabHeight / 2;
|
---|
| 4204 | }
|
---|
| 4205 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 4206 | tabWidth += slant;
|
---|
| 4207 | nbPtr->overlap += tabHeight / 2;
|
---|
| 4208 | }
|
---|
| 4209 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4210 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4211 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4212 | tabPtr->worldWidth = tabWidth;
|
---|
| 4213 | tabPtr->worldHeight = tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4214 | }
|
---|
| 4215 | } else {
|
---|
| 4216 | int slant;
|
---|
| 4217 |
|
---|
| 4218 | tabWidth = tabHeight = 0;
|
---|
| 4219 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4220 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4221 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4222 |
|
---|
| 4223 | width = 2 * nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 4224 | height = nbPtr->inset2 /* + 4 */;
|
---|
| 4225 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 4226 | width += tabPtr->labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4227 | height += labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4228 | slant = labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4229 | } else {
|
---|
| 4230 | width += tabPtr->labelWidth;
|
---|
| 4231 | height += labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4232 | slant = labelHeight;
|
---|
| 4233 | }
|
---|
| 4234 | width += (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) ? slant : nbPtr->corner;
|
---|
| 4235 | width += (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) ? slant : nbPtr->corner;
|
---|
| 4236 |
|
---|
| 4237 | tabPtr->worldWidth = width; /* + 2 * (nbPtr->corner + nbPtr->xSelectPad) */ ;
|
---|
| 4238 | tabPtr->worldHeight = height;
|
---|
| 4239 |
|
---|
| 4240 | if (tabWidth < width) {
|
---|
| 4241 | tabWidth = width;
|
---|
| 4242 | }
|
---|
| 4243 | if (tabHeight < height) {
|
---|
| 4244 | tabHeight = height;
|
---|
| 4245 | }
|
---|
| 4246 | }
|
---|
| 4247 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 4248 | nbPtr->overlap += tabHeight / 2;
|
---|
| 4249 | }
|
---|
| 4250 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 4251 | nbPtr->overlap += tabHeight / 2;
|
---|
| 4252 | }
|
---|
| 4253 | }
|
---|
| 4254 |
|
---|
| 4255 | nbPtr->tabWidth = tabWidth;
|
---|
| 4256 | nbPtr->tabHeight = tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4257 |
|
---|
| 4258 | /*
|
---|
| 4259 | * Let the user override any page dimension.
|
---|
| 4260 | */
|
---|
| 4261 | nbPtr->pageWidth = pageWidth;
|
---|
| 4262 | nbPtr->pageHeight = pageHeight;
|
---|
| 4263 | if (nbPtr->reqPageWidth > 0) {
|
---|
| 4264 | nbPtr->pageWidth = nbPtr->reqPageWidth;
|
---|
| 4265 | }
|
---|
| 4266 | if (nbPtr->reqPageHeight > 0) {
|
---|
| 4267 | nbPtr->pageHeight = nbPtr->reqPageHeight;
|
---|
| 4268 | }
|
---|
| 4269 | return count;
|
---|
| 4270 | }
|
---|
| 4271 |
|
---|
| 4272 |
|
---|
| 4273 | static void
|
---|
| 4274 | WidenTabs(nbPtr, startPtr, nTabs, adjustment)
|
---|
| 4275 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4276 | Tab *startPtr;
|
---|
| 4277 | int nTabs;
|
---|
| 4278 | int adjustment;
|
---|
| 4279 | {
|
---|
| 4280 | register Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4281 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4282 | int ration;
|
---|
| 4283 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4284 | int x;
|
---|
| 4285 |
|
---|
| 4286 | x = startPtr->tier;
|
---|
| 4287 | while (adjustment > 0) {
|
---|
| 4288 | ration = adjustment / nTabs;
|
---|
| 4289 | if (ration == 0) {
|
---|
| 4290 | ration = 1;
|
---|
| 4291 | }
|
---|
| 4292 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4293 | for (i = 0; (linkPtr != NULL) && (i < nTabs) && (adjustment > 0); i++) {
|
---|
| 4294 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4295 | adjustment -= ration;
|
---|
| 4296 | tabPtr->worldWidth += ration;
|
---|
| 4297 | assert(x == tabPtr->tier);
|
---|
| 4298 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4299 | }
|
---|
| 4300 | }
|
---|
| 4301 | /*
|
---|
| 4302 | * Go back and reset the world X-coordinates of the tabs,
|
---|
| 4303 | * now that their widths have changed.
|
---|
| 4304 | */
|
---|
| 4305 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4306 | linkPtr = startPtr->linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4307 | for (i = 0; (i < nTabs) && (linkPtr != NULL); i++) {
|
---|
| 4308 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4309 | tabPtr->worldX = x;
|
---|
| 4310 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth + nbPtr->gap - nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4311 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4312 | }
|
---|
| 4313 | }
|
---|
| 4314 |
|
---|
| 4315 |
|
---|
| 4316 | static void
|
---|
| 4317 | AdjustTabSizes(nbPtr, nTabs)
|
---|
| 4318 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4319 | int nTabs;
|
---|
| 4320 | {
|
---|
| 4321 | int tabsPerTier;
|
---|
| 4322 | int total, count, extra;
|
---|
| 4323 | Tab *startPtr, *nextPtr;
|
---|
| 4324 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4325 | register Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4326 | int x, maxWidth;
|
---|
| 4327 |
|
---|
| 4328 | tabsPerTier = (nTabs + (nbPtr->nTiers - 1)) / nbPtr->nTiers;
|
---|
| 4329 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4330 | maxWidth = 0;
|
---|
| 4331 | if (nbPtr->defTabStyle.constWidth) {
|
---|
| 4332 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4333 |
|
---|
| 4334 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 4335 | count = 1;
|
---|
| 4336 | while (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4337 | for (i = 0; i < tabsPerTier; i++) {
|
---|
| 4338 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4339 | tabPtr->tier = count;
|
---|
| 4340 | tabPtr->worldX = x;
|
---|
| 4341 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth + nbPtr->gap - nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4342 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4343 | if (x > maxWidth) {
|
---|
| 4344 | maxWidth = x;
|
---|
| 4345 | }
|
---|
| 4346 | if (linkPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 4347 | goto done;
|
---|
| 4348 | }
|
---|
| 4349 | }
|
---|
| 4350 | count++;
|
---|
| 4351 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4352 | }
|
---|
| 4353 | }
|
---|
| 4354 | done:
|
---|
| 4355 | /* Add to tab widths to fill out row. */
|
---|
| 4356 | if (((nTabs % tabsPerTier) != 0) && (nbPtr->defTabStyle.constWidth)) {
|
---|
| 4357 | return;
|
---|
| 4358 | }
|
---|
| 4359 | startPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 4360 | count = total = 0;
|
---|
| 4361 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4362 | /*empty*/ ) {
|
---|
| 4363 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4364 | if (startPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 4365 | startPtr = tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4366 | }
|
---|
| 4367 | count++;
|
---|
| 4368 | total += tabPtr->worldWidth + nbPtr->gap - nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4369 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4370 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4371 | nextPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4372 | if (tabPtr->tier == nextPtr->tier) {
|
---|
| 4373 | continue;
|
---|
| 4374 | }
|
---|
| 4375 | }
|
---|
| 4376 | total += nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4377 | extra = nbPtr->worldWidth - total;
|
---|
| 4378 | assert(count > 0);
|
---|
| 4379 | if (extra > 0) {
|
---|
| 4380 | WidenTabs(nbPtr, startPtr, count, extra);
|
---|
| 4381 | }
|
---|
| 4382 | count = total = 0;
|
---|
| 4383 | startPtr = NULL;
|
---|
| 4384 | }
|
---|
| 4385 | }
|
---|
| 4386 |
|
---|
| 4387 | /*
|
---|
| 4388 | *
|
---|
| 4389 | * tabWidth = textWidth + gap + (2 * (pad + outerBW));
|
---|
| 4390 | *
|
---|
| 4391 | * tabHeight = textHeight + 2 * (pad + outerBW) + topMargin;
|
---|
| 4392 | *
|
---|
| 4393 | */
|
---|
| 4394 | static void
|
---|
| 4395 | ComputeLayout(nbPtr)
|
---|
| 4396 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4397 | {
|
---|
| 4398 | int width;
|
---|
| 4399 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4400 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4401 | int x, extra;
|
---|
| 4402 | int nTiers, nTabs;
|
---|
| 4403 |
|
---|
| 4404 | nbPtr->nTiers = 0;
|
---|
| 4405 | nbPtr->pageTop = 0;
|
---|
| 4406 | nbPtr->worldWidth = 1;
|
---|
| 4407 | nbPtr->yPad = 0;
|
---|
| 4408 |
|
---|
| 4409 | nTabs = CountTabs(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4410 | if (nTabs == 0) {
|
---|
| 4411 | return;
|
---|
| 4412 | }
|
---|
| 4413 | /* Reset the pointers to the selected and starting tab. */
|
---|
| 4414 | if (nbPtr->selectPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 4415 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 4416 | if (linkPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4417 | nbPtr->selectPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4418 | }
|
---|
| 4419 | }
|
---|
| 4420 | if (nbPtr->startPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 4421 | nbPtr->startPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 4422 | }
|
---|
| 4423 | if (nbPtr->focusPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 4424 | nbPtr->focusPtr = nbPtr->selectPtr;
|
---|
| 4425 | Blt_SetFocusItem(nbPtr->bindTable, nbPtr->focusPtr, NULL);
|
---|
| 4426 | }
|
---|
| 4427 |
|
---|
| 4428 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 4429 | width = Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin) - 2 *
|
---|
| 4430 | (nbPtr->corner + nbPtr->xSelectPad);
|
---|
| 4431 | } else {
|
---|
| 4432 | width = Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin) - (2 * nbPtr->inset) -
|
---|
| 4433 | nbPtr->xSelectPad - nbPtr->corner;
|
---|
| 4434 | }
|
---|
| 4435 | nbPtr->flags |= TNB_STATIC;
|
---|
| 4436 | if (nbPtr->reqTiers > 1) {
|
---|
| 4437 | int total, maxWidth;
|
---|
| 4438 |
|
---|
| 4439 | /* Static multiple tier mode. */
|
---|
| 4440 |
|
---|
| 4441 | /* Sum tab widths and determine the number of tiers needed. */
|
---|
| 4442 | nTiers = 1;
|
---|
| 4443 | total = x = 0;
|
---|
| 4444 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4445 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4446 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4447 | if ((x + tabPtr->worldWidth) > width) {
|
---|
| 4448 | nTiers++;
|
---|
| 4449 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4450 | }
|
---|
| 4451 | tabPtr->worldX = x;
|
---|
| 4452 | tabPtr->tier = nTiers;
|
---|
| 4453 | extra = tabPtr->worldWidth + nbPtr->gap - nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4454 | total += extra, x += extra;
|
---|
| 4455 | }
|
---|
| 4456 | maxWidth = width;
|
---|
| 4457 |
|
---|
| 4458 | if (nTiers > nbPtr->reqTiers) {
|
---|
| 4459 | /*
|
---|
| 4460 | * The tabs do not fit into the requested number of tiers.
|
---|
| 4461 | * Go into scrolling mode.
|
---|
| 4462 | */
|
---|
| 4463 | width = ((total + nbPtr->tabWidth) / nbPtr->reqTiers);
|
---|
| 4464 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4465 | nTiers = 1;
|
---|
| 4466 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 4467 | linkPtr != NULL; linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4468 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4469 | tabPtr->tier = nTiers;
|
---|
| 4470 | /*
|
---|
| 4471 | * Keep adding tabs to a tier until we overfill it.
|
---|
| 4472 | */
|
---|
| 4473 | tabPtr->worldX = x;
|
---|
| 4474 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth + nbPtr->gap - nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4475 | if (x > width) {
|
---|
| 4476 | nTiers++;
|
---|
| 4477 | if (x > maxWidth) {
|
---|
| 4478 | maxWidth = x;
|
---|
| 4479 | }
|
---|
| 4480 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4481 | }
|
---|
| 4482 | }
|
---|
| 4483 | nbPtr->flags &= ~TNB_STATIC;
|
---|
| 4484 | }
|
---|
| 4485 | nbPtr->worldWidth = maxWidth;
|
---|
| 4486 | nbPtr->nTiers = nTiers;
|
---|
| 4487 |
|
---|
| 4488 | if (nTiers > 1) {
|
---|
| 4489 | AdjustTabSizes(nbPtr, nTabs);
|
---|
| 4490 | }
|
---|
| 4491 | if (nbPtr->flags & TNB_STATIC) {
|
---|
| 4492 | nbPtr->worldWidth = VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4493 | } else {
|
---|
| 4494 | /* Do you add an offset ? */
|
---|
| 4495 | nbPtr->worldWidth += (nbPtr->xSelectPad + nbPtr->corner);
|
---|
| 4496 | }
|
---|
| 4497 | nbPtr->worldWidth += nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4498 | if (nbPtr->selectPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4499 | RenumberTiers(nbPtr, nbPtr->selectPtr);
|
---|
| 4500 | }
|
---|
| 4501 | } else {
|
---|
| 4502 | /*
|
---|
| 4503 | * Scrollable single tier mode.
|
---|
| 4504 | */
|
---|
| 4505 | nTiers = 1;
|
---|
| 4506 | x = 0;
|
---|
| 4507 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4508 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4509 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4510 | tabPtr->tier = nTiers;
|
---|
| 4511 | tabPtr->worldX = x;
|
---|
| 4512 | tabPtr->worldY = 0;
|
---|
| 4513 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth + nbPtr->gap - nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4514 | }
|
---|
| 4515 | nbPtr->worldWidth = x + nbPtr->corner - nbPtr->gap +
|
---|
| 4516 | nbPtr->xSelectPad + nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4517 | nbPtr->flags &= ~TNB_STATIC;
|
---|
| 4518 | }
|
---|
| 4519 | if (nTiers == 1) {
|
---|
| 4520 | nbPtr->yPad = nbPtr->ySelectPad;
|
---|
| 4521 | }
|
---|
| 4522 | nbPtr->nTiers = nTiers;
|
---|
| 4523 | nbPtr->pageTop = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->yPad /* + 4 */ +
|
---|
| 4524 | (nbPtr->nTiers * nbPtr->tabHeight) + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 4525 |
|
---|
| 4526 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 4527 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4528 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4529 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4530 | tabPtr->screenWidth = (short int)nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4531 | tabPtr->screenHeight = (short int)tabPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 4532 | }
|
---|
| 4533 | } else {
|
---|
| 4534 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4535 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4536 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4537 | tabPtr->screenWidth = (short int)tabPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 4538 | tabPtr->screenHeight = (short int)nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4539 | }
|
---|
| 4540 | }
|
---|
| 4541 | }
|
---|
| 4542 |
|
---|
| 4543 | static void
|
---|
| 4544 | ComputeVisibleTabs(nbPtr)
|
---|
| 4545 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4546 | {
|
---|
| 4547 | int nVisibleTabs;
|
---|
| 4548 | register Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4549 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 4550 |
|
---|
| 4551 | nbPtr->nVisible = 0;
|
---|
| 4552 | if (Blt_ChainGetLength(nbPtr->chainPtr) == 0) {
|
---|
| 4553 | return;
|
---|
| 4554 | }
|
---|
| 4555 | nVisibleTabs = 0;
|
---|
| 4556 | if (nbPtr->flags & TNB_STATIC) {
|
---|
| 4557 |
|
---|
| 4558 | /* Static multiple tier mode. */
|
---|
| 4559 |
|
---|
| 4560 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4561 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4562 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4563 | tabPtr->flags |= TAB_VISIBLE;
|
---|
| 4564 | nVisibleTabs++;
|
---|
| 4565 | }
|
---|
| 4566 | } else {
|
---|
| 4567 | int width, offset;
|
---|
| 4568 | /*
|
---|
| 4569 | * Scrollable (single or multiple) tier mode.
|
---|
| 4570 | */
|
---|
| 4571 | offset = nbPtr->scrollOffset - (nbPtr->outerPad + nbPtr->xSelectPad);
|
---|
| 4572 | width = VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr) + nbPtr->scrollOffset +
|
---|
| 4573 | 2 * nbPtr->outerPad;
|
---|
| 4574 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4575 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4576 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4577 | if ((tabPtr->worldX >= width) ||
|
---|
| 4578 | ((tabPtr->worldX + tabPtr->worldWidth) < offset)) {
|
---|
| 4579 | tabPtr->flags &= ~TAB_VISIBLE;
|
---|
| 4580 | } else {
|
---|
| 4581 | tabPtr->flags |= TAB_VISIBLE;
|
---|
| 4582 | nVisibleTabs++;
|
---|
| 4583 | }
|
---|
| 4584 | }
|
---|
| 4585 | }
|
---|
| 4586 | for (linkPtr = Blt_ChainFirstLink(nbPtr->chainPtr); linkPtr != NULL;
|
---|
| 4587 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainNextLink(linkPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4588 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 4589 | tabPtr->screenX = tabPtr->screenY = -1000;
|
---|
| 4590 | if (tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE) {
|
---|
| 4591 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, tabPtr->worldX, tabPtr->worldY,
|
---|
| 4592 | &(tabPtr->screenX), &(tabPtr->screenY));
|
---|
| 4593 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 4594 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 4595 | tabPtr->screenX -= nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4596 | break;
|
---|
| 4597 |
|
---|
| 4598 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 4599 | tabPtr->screenY -= nbPtr->tabHeight;
|
---|
| 4600 | break;
|
---|
| 4601 | }
|
---|
| 4602 | }
|
---|
| 4603 | }
|
---|
| 4604 | nbPtr->nVisible = nVisibleTabs;
|
---|
| 4605 | Blt_PickCurrentItem(nbPtr->bindTable);
|
---|
| 4606 | }
|
---|
| 4607 |
|
---|
| 4608 |
|
---|
| 4609 | static void
|
---|
| 4610 | Draw3DFolder(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable, side, pointArr, nPoints)
|
---|
| 4611 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4612 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4613 | Drawable drawable;
|
---|
| 4614 | int side;
|
---|
| 4615 | XPoint pointArr[];
|
---|
| 4616 | int nPoints;
|
---|
| 4617 | {
|
---|
| 4618 | GC gc;
|
---|
| 4619 | int relief, borderWidth;
|
---|
| 4620 | Tk_3DBorder border;
|
---|
| 4621 |
|
---|
| 4622 | if (tabPtr == nbPtr->selectPtr) {
|
---|
| 4623 | border = GETATTR(tabPtr, selBorder);
|
---|
| 4624 | } else if (tabPtr->border != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4625 | border = tabPtr->border;
|
---|
| 4626 | } else {
|
---|
| 4627 | border = nbPtr->defTabStyle.border;
|
---|
| 4628 | }
|
---|
| 4629 | relief = nbPtr->defTabStyle.relief;
|
---|
| 4630 | if ((side == SIDE_RIGHT) || (side == SIDE_TOP)) {
|
---|
| 4631 | borderWidth = -nbPtr->defTabStyle.borderWidth;
|
---|
| 4632 | if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
|
---|
| 4633 | relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
|
---|
| 4634 | } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
|
---|
| 4635 | relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
|
---|
| 4636 | }
|
---|
| 4637 | } else {
|
---|
| 4638 | borderWidth = nbPtr->defTabStyle.borderWidth;
|
---|
| 4639 | }
|
---|
| 4640 | {
|
---|
| 4641 | int i;
|
---|
| 4642 |
|
---|
| 4643 | #ifndef notdef
|
---|
| 4644 | int dx, dy;
|
---|
| 4645 | int oldType, newType;
|
---|
| 4646 | int start;
|
---|
| 4647 |
|
---|
| 4648 | dx = pointArr[0].x - pointArr[1].x;
|
---|
| 4649 | dy = pointArr[0].y - pointArr[1].y;
|
---|
| 4650 | oldType = ((dy < 0) || (dx > 0));
|
---|
| 4651 | start = 0;
|
---|
| 4652 | for (i = 1; i < nPoints; i++) {
|
---|
| 4653 | dx = pointArr[i - 1].x - pointArr[i].x;
|
---|
| 4654 | dy = pointArr[i - 1].y - pointArr[i].y;
|
---|
| 4655 | newType = ((dy < 0) || (dx > 0));
|
---|
| 4656 | if (newType != oldType) {
|
---|
| 4657 | if (oldType) {
|
---|
| 4658 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(nbPtr->shadowColor, drawable);
|
---|
| 4659 | } else {
|
---|
| 4660 | gc = Tk_3DBorderGC(nbPtr->tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
|
---|
| 4661 | }
|
---|
| 4662 | XDrawLines(nbPtr->display, drawable, gc, pointArr + start,
|
---|
| 4663 | i - start, CoordModeOrigin);
|
---|
| 4664 | start = i - 1;
|
---|
| 4665 | oldType = newType;
|
---|
| 4666 | }
|
---|
| 4667 | }
|
---|
| 4668 | if (start != i) {
|
---|
| 4669 | if (oldType) {
|
---|
| 4670 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(nbPtr->shadowColor, drawable);
|
---|
| 4671 | } else {
|
---|
| 4672 | gc = Tk_3DBorderGC(nbPtr->tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
|
---|
| 4673 | }
|
---|
| 4674 | XDrawLines(nbPtr->display, drawable, gc, pointArr + start,
|
---|
| 4675 | i - start, CoordModeOrigin);
|
---|
| 4676 | }
|
---|
| 4677 | #else
|
---|
| 4678 | /* Draw the outline of the folder. */
|
---|
| 4679 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(nbPtr->shadowColor, drawable);
|
---|
| 4680 | XDrawLines(nbPtr->display, drawable, gc, pointArr, nPoints,
|
---|
| 4681 | CoordModeOrigin);
|
---|
| 4682 | #endif
|
---|
| 4683 | }
|
---|
| 4684 | /* And the folder itself. */
|
---|
| 4685 | if (tabPtr->tile != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4686 | #ifdef notdef
|
---|
| 4687 | Tk_Fill3DPolygon(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, border, pointArr, nPoints,
|
---|
| 4688 | borderWidth, relief);
|
---|
| 4689 | #endif
|
---|
| 4690 | Blt_TilePolygon(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, tabPtr->tile, pointArr,
|
---|
| 4691 | nPoints);
|
---|
| 4692 | #ifdef notdef
|
---|
| 4693 | Tk_Draw3DPolygon(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, border, pointArr, nPoints,
|
---|
| 4694 | borderWidth, relief);
|
---|
| 4695 | #endif
|
---|
| 4696 | } else {
|
---|
| 4697 | Tk_Fill3DPolygon(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, border, pointArr, nPoints,
|
---|
| 4698 | borderWidth, relief);
|
---|
| 4699 | }
|
---|
| 4700 | }
|
---|
| 4701 |
|
---|
| 4702 | /*
|
---|
| 4703 | * x,y
|
---|
| 4704 | * |1|2|3| 4 |3|2|1|
|
---|
| 4705 | *
|
---|
| 4706 | * 1. tab border width
|
---|
| 4707 | * 2. corner offset
|
---|
| 4708 | * 3. label pad
|
---|
| 4709 | * 4. label width
|
---|
| 4710 | *
|
---|
| 4711 | *
|
---|
| 4712 | */
|
---|
| 4713 | static void
|
---|
| 4714 | DrawLabel(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable)
|
---|
| 4715 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4716 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4717 | Drawable drawable;
|
---|
| 4718 | {
|
---|
| 4719 | int x, y, dx, dy;
|
---|
| 4720 | int tx, ty, ix, iy;
|
---|
| 4721 | int imgWidth, imgHeight;
|
---|
| 4722 | int active, selected;
|
---|
| 4723 | XColor *fgColor, *bgColor;
|
---|
| 4724 | Tk_3DBorder border;
|
---|
| 4725 | GC gc;
|
---|
| 4726 |
|
---|
| 4727 | if (!(tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE)) {
|
---|
| 4728 | return;
|
---|
| 4729 | }
|
---|
| 4730 | x = tabPtr->screenX;
|
---|
| 4731 | y = tabPtr->screenY;
|
---|
| 4732 |
|
---|
| 4733 | active = (nbPtr->activePtr == tabPtr);
|
---|
| 4734 | selected = (nbPtr->selectPtr == tabPtr);
|
---|
| 4735 |
|
---|
| 4736 | fgColor = GETATTR(tabPtr, textColor);
|
---|
| 4737 | border = GETATTR(tabPtr, border);
|
---|
| 4738 | if (selected) {
|
---|
| 4739 | border = GETATTR(tabPtr, selBorder);
|
---|
| 4740 | }
|
---|
| 4741 | bgColor = Tk_3DBorderColor(border);
|
---|
| 4742 | if (active) {
|
---|
| 4743 | Tk_3DBorder activeBorder;
|
---|
| 4744 |
|
---|
| 4745 | activeBorder = GETATTR(tabPtr, activeBorder);
|
---|
| 4746 | bgColor = Tk_3DBorderColor(activeBorder);
|
---|
| 4747 | }
|
---|
| 4748 | dx = (tabPtr->screenWidth - tabPtr->labelWidth) / 2;
|
---|
| 4749 | dy = (tabPtr->screenHeight - tabPtr->labelHeight) / 2;
|
---|
| 4750 |
|
---|
| 4751 |
|
---|
| 4752 | /*
|
---|
| 4753 | * The label position is computed with screen coordinates. This
|
---|
| 4754 | * is because both text and image components are oriented in
|
---|
| 4755 | * screen space, and not according to the orientation of the tabs
|
---|
| 4756 | * themselves. That's why we have to consider the side when
|
---|
| 4757 | * correcting for left/right slants.
|
---|
| 4758 | */
|
---|
| 4759 | switch (nbPtr->side) {
|
---|
| 4760 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 4761 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 4762 | if (nbPtr->slant == SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 4763 | x += nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4764 | } else if (nbPtr->slant == SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 4765 | x -= nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4766 | }
|
---|
| 4767 | break;
|
---|
| 4768 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 4769 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 4770 | if (nbPtr->slant == SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 4771 | y += nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4772 | } else if (nbPtr->slant == SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 4773 | y -= nbPtr->overlap;
|
---|
| 4774 | }
|
---|
| 4775 | break;
|
---|
| 4776 | }
|
---|
| 4777 |
|
---|
| 4778 | /*
|
---|
| 4779 | * Draw the active or normal background color over the entire
|
---|
| 4780 | * label area. This includes both the tab's text and image.
|
---|
| 4781 | * The rectangle should be 2 pixels wider/taller than this
|
---|
| 4782 | * area. So if the label consists of just an image, we get an
|
---|
| 4783 | * halo around the image when the tab is active.
|
---|
| 4784 | */
|
---|
| 4785 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(bgColor, drawable);
|
---|
| 4786 | XFillRectangle(nbPtr->display, drawable, gc, x + dx, y + dy,
|
---|
| 4787 | tabPtr->labelWidth, tabPtr->labelHeight);
|
---|
| 4788 |
|
---|
| 4789 | if ((nbPtr->flags & TNB_FOCUS) && (nbPtr->focusPtr == tabPtr)) {
|
---|
| 4790 | XDrawRectangle(nbPtr->display, drawable, nbPtr->defTabStyle.activeGC,
|
---|
| 4791 | x + dx, y + dy, tabPtr->labelWidth - 1, tabPtr->labelHeight - 1);
|
---|
| 4792 | }
|
---|
| 4793 | tx = ty = ix = iy = 0; /* Suppress compiler warning. */
|
---|
| 4794 |
|
---|
| 4795 | imgWidth = imgHeight = 0;
|
---|
| 4796 | if (tabPtr->image != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4797 | imgWidth = ImageWidth(tabPtr->image);
|
---|
| 4798 | imgHeight = ImageHeight(tabPtr->image);
|
---|
| 4799 | }
|
---|
| 4800 | switch (nbPtr->defTabStyle.textSide) {
|
---|
| 4801 | case SIDE_LEFT:
|
---|
| 4802 | tx = x + dx + tabPtr->iPadX.side1;
|
---|
| 4803 | ty = y + (tabPtr->screenHeight - tabPtr->textHeight) / 2;
|
---|
| 4804 | ix = tx + tabPtr->textWidth + IMAGE_PAD;
|
---|
| 4805 | iy = y + (tabPtr->screenHeight - imgHeight) / 2;
|
---|
| 4806 | break;
|
---|
| 4807 | case SIDE_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 4808 | ix = x + dx + tabPtr->iPadX.side1 + IMAGE_PAD;
|
---|
| 4809 | iy = y + (tabPtr->screenHeight - imgHeight) / 2;
|
---|
| 4810 | tx = ix + imgWidth;
|
---|
| 4811 | ty = y + (tabPtr->screenHeight - tabPtr->textHeight) / 2;
|
---|
| 4812 | break;
|
---|
| 4813 | case SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
---|
| 4814 | iy = y + dy + tabPtr->iPadY.side1 + IMAGE_PAD;
|
---|
| 4815 | ix = x + (tabPtr->screenWidth - imgWidth) / 2;
|
---|
| 4816 | ty = iy + imgHeight;
|
---|
| 4817 | tx = x + (tabPtr->screenWidth - tabPtr->textWidth) / 2;
|
---|
| 4818 | break;
|
---|
| 4819 | case SIDE_TOP:
|
---|
| 4820 | tx = x + (tabPtr->screenWidth - tabPtr->textWidth) / 2;
|
---|
| 4821 | ty = y + dy + tabPtr->iPadY.side1 + IMAGE_PAD;
|
---|
| 4822 | ix = x + (tabPtr->screenWidth - imgWidth) / 2;
|
---|
| 4823 | iy = ty + tabPtr->textHeight;
|
---|
| 4824 | break;
|
---|
| 4825 | }
|
---|
| 4826 | if (tabPtr->image != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4827 | Tk_RedrawImage(ImageBits(tabPtr->image), 0, 0, imgWidth, imgHeight,
|
---|
| 4828 | drawable, ix, iy);
|
---|
| 4829 | }
|
---|
| 4830 | if (tabPtr->text != NULL) {
|
---|
| 4831 | TextStyle ts;
|
---|
| 4832 | XColor *activeColor;
|
---|
| 4833 |
|
---|
| 4834 | activeColor = fgColor;
|
---|
| 4835 | if (selected) {
|
---|
| 4836 | activeColor = GETATTR(tabPtr, selColor);
|
---|
| 4837 | } else if (active) {
|
---|
| 4838 | activeColor = GETATTR(tabPtr, activeFgColor);
|
---|
| 4839 | }
|
---|
| 4840 | Blt_SetDrawTextStyle(&ts, GETATTR(tabPtr, font), tabPtr->textGC,
|
---|
| 4841 | fgColor, activeColor, tabPtr->shadow.color,
|
---|
| 4842 | nbPtr->defTabStyle.rotate, TK_ANCHOR_NW, TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT,
|
---|
| 4843 | 0, tabPtr->shadow.offset);
|
---|
| 4844 | ts.state = tabPtr->state;
|
---|
| 4845 | ts.border = border;
|
---|
| 4846 | ts.padX.side1 = ts.padX.side2 = 2;
|
---|
| 4847 | if (selected || active) {
|
---|
| 4848 | ts.state |= STATE_ACTIVE;
|
---|
| 4849 | }
|
---|
| 4850 | Blt_DrawText(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, tabPtr->text, &ts, tx, ty);
|
---|
| 4851 | }
|
---|
| 4852 | }
|
---|
| 4853 |
|
---|
| 4854 |
|
---|
| 4855 | static void
|
---|
| 4856 | DrawPerforation(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable)
|
---|
| 4857 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4858 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4859 | Drawable drawable;
|
---|
| 4860 | {
|
---|
| 4861 | XPoint pointArr[2];
|
---|
| 4862 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 4863 | int segmentWidth, max;
|
---|
| 4864 | Tk_3DBorder border, perfBorder;
|
---|
| 4865 |
|
---|
| 4866 | if ((tabPtr->container != NULL) || (tabPtr->tkwin == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 4867 | return;
|
---|
| 4868 | }
|
---|
| 4869 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, tabPtr->worldX + 2,
|
---|
| 4870 | tabPtr->worldY + tabPtr->worldHeight + 2, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 4871 | border = GETATTR(tabPtr, selBorder);
|
---|
| 4872 | segmentWidth = 3;
|
---|
| 4873 | if (nbPtr->flags & PERFORATION_ACTIVE) {
|
---|
| 4874 | perfBorder = GETATTR(tabPtr, activeBorder);
|
---|
| 4875 | } else {
|
---|
| 4876 | perfBorder = GETATTR(tabPtr, selBorder);
|
---|
| 4877 | }
|
---|
| 4878 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_HORIZONTAL) {
|
---|
| 4879 | pointArr[0].x = x;
|
---|
| 4880 | pointArr[0].y = pointArr[1].y = y;
|
---|
| 4881 | max = tabPtr->screenX + tabPtr->screenWidth - 2;
|
---|
| 4882 | Blt_Fill3DRectangle(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, perfBorder,
|
---|
| 4883 | x - 2, y - 4, tabPtr->screenWidth, 8, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
---|
| 4884 | while (pointArr[0].x < max) {
|
---|
| 4885 | pointArr[1].x = pointArr[0].x + segmentWidth;
|
---|
| 4886 | if (pointArr[1].x > max) {
|
---|
| 4887 | pointArr[1].x = max;
|
---|
| 4888 | }
|
---|
| 4889 | Tk_Draw3DPolygon(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, border, pointArr, 2, 1,
|
---|
| 4890 | TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
|
---|
| 4891 | pointArr[0].x += 2 * segmentWidth;
|
---|
| 4892 | }
|
---|
| 4893 | } else {
|
---|
| 4894 | pointArr[0].x = pointArr[1].x = x;
|
---|
| 4895 | pointArr[0].y = y;
|
---|
| 4896 | max = tabPtr->screenY + tabPtr->screenHeight - 2;
|
---|
| 4897 | Blt_Fill3DRectangle(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, perfBorder,
|
---|
| 4898 | x - 4, y - 2, 8, tabPtr->screenHeight, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
---|
| 4899 | while (pointArr[0].y < max) {
|
---|
| 4900 | pointArr[1].y = pointArr[0].y + segmentWidth;
|
---|
| 4901 | if (pointArr[1].y > max) {
|
---|
| 4902 | pointArr[1].y = max;
|
---|
| 4903 | }
|
---|
| 4904 | Tk_Draw3DPolygon(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, border, pointArr, 2, 1,
|
---|
| 4905 | TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
|
---|
| 4906 | pointArr[0].y += 2 * segmentWidth;
|
---|
| 4907 | }
|
---|
| 4908 | }
|
---|
| 4909 | }
|
---|
| 4910 |
|
---|
| 4911 | #define NextPoint(px, py) \
|
---|
| 4912 | pointPtr->x = (px), pointPtr->y = (py), pointPtr++, nPoints++
|
---|
| 4913 | #define EndPoint(px, py) \
|
---|
| 4914 | pointPtr->x = (px), pointPtr->y = (py), nPoints++
|
---|
| 4915 |
|
---|
| 4916 | #define BottomLeft(px, py) \
|
---|
| 4917 | NextPoint((px) + nbPtr->corner, (py)), \
|
---|
| 4918 | NextPoint((px), (py) - nbPtr->corner)
|
---|
| 4919 |
|
---|
| 4920 | #define TopLeft(px, py) \
|
---|
| 4921 | NextPoint((px), (py) + nbPtr->corner), \
|
---|
| 4922 | NextPoint((px) + nbPtr->corner, (py))
|
---|
| 4923 |
|
---|
| 4924 | #define TopRight(px, py) \
|
---|
| 4925 | NextPoint((px) - nbPtr->corner, (py)), \
|
---|
| 4926 | NextPoint((px), (py) + nbPtr->corner)
|
---|
| 4927 |
|
---|
| 4928 | #define BottomRight(px, py) \
|
---|
| 4929 | NextPoint((px), (py) - nbPtr->corner), \
|
---|
| 4930 | NextPoint((px) - nbPtr->corner, (py))
|
---|
| 4931 |
|
---|
| 4932 |
|
---|
| 4933 | /*
|
---|
| 4934 | * From the left edge:
|
---|
| 4935 | *
|
---|
| 4936 | * |a|b|c|d|e| f |d|e|g|h| i |h|g|e|d|f| j |e|d|c|b|a|
|
---|
| 4937 | *
|
---|
| 4938 | * a. highlight ring
|
---|
| 4939 | * b. notebook 3D border
|
---|
| 4940 | * c. outer gap
|
---|
| 4941 | * d. page border
|
---|
| 4942 | * e. page corner
|
---|
| 4943 | * f. gap + select pad
|
---|
| 4944 | * g. label pad x (worldX)
|
---|
| 4945 | * h. internal pad x
|
---|
| 4946 | * i. label width
|
---|
| 4947 | * j. rest of page width
|
---|
| 4948 | *
|
---|
| 4949 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 4950 | * |
|
---|
| 4951 | * |
|
---|
| 4952 | * * 4+ . . +5
|
---|
| 4953 | * 3+ +6
|
---|
| 4954 | * . .
|
---|
| 4955 | * . .
|
---|
| 4956 | * 1+. . .2+ +7 . . . .+8
|
---|
| 4957 | * 0+ +9
|
---|
| 4958 | * . .
|
---|
| 4959 | * . .
|
---|
| 4960 | *13+ +10
|
---|
| 4961 | * 12+-------------------------+11
|
---|
| 4962 | *
|
---|
| 4963 | */
|
---|
| 4964 | static void
|
---|
| 4965 | DrawFolder(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable)
|
---|
| 4966 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 4967 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 4968 | Drawable drawable;
|
---|
| 4969 | {
|
---|
| 4970 | XPoint pointArr[16];
|
---|
| 4971 | XPoint *pointPtr;
|
---|
| 4972 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 4973 | int left, bottom, right, top, yBot, yTop;
|
---|
| 4974 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 4975 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4976 | int nPoints;
|
---|
| 4977 |
|
---|
| 4978 | width = VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4979 | height = VPORTHEIGHT(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 4980 |
|
---|
| 4981 | x = tabPtr->worldX;
|
---|
| 4982 | y = tabPtr->worldY;
|
---|
| 4983 |
|
---|
| 4984 | nPoints = 0;
|
---|
| 4985 | pointPtr = pointArr;
|
---|
| 4986 |
|
---|
| 4987 | /* Remember these are all world coordinates. */
|
---|
| 4988 | /*
|
---|
| 4989 | * x Left side of tab.
|
---|
| 4990 | * y Top of tab.
|
---|
| 4991 | * yTop Top of folder.
|
---|
| 4992 | * yBot Bottom of the tab.
|
---|
| 4993 | * left Left side of the folder.
|
---|
| 4994 | * right Right side of the folder.
|
---|
| 4995 | * top Top of folder.
|
---|
| 4996 | * bottom Bottom of folder.
|
---|
| 4997 | */
|
---|
| 4998 | left = nbPtr->scrollOffset - nbPtr->xSelectPad;
|
---|
| 4999 | right = left + width;
|
---|
| 5000 | yTop = y + tabPtr->worldHeight;
|
---|
| 5001 | yBot = nbPtr->pageTop - (nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->yPad);
|
---|
| 5002 | top = yBot - nbPtr->inset2 /* - 4 */;
|
---|
| 5003 |
|
---|
| 5004 | if (nbPtr->pageHeight == 0) {
|
---|
| 5005 | bottom = yBot + 2 * nbPtr->corner;
|
---|
| 5006 | } else {
|
---|
| 5007 | bottom = height - nbPtr->yPad - 1;
|
---|
| 5008 | }
|
---|
| 5009 | if (tabPtr != nbPtr->selectPtr) {
|
---|
| 5010 |
|
---|
| 5011 | /*
|
---|
| 5012 | * Case 1: Unselected tab
|
---|
| 5013 | *
|
---|
| 5014 | * * 3+ . . +4
|
---|
| 5015 | * 2+ +5
|
---|
| 5016 | * . .
|
---|
| 5017 | * 1+ +6
|
---|
| 5018 | * 0+ . . +7
|
---|
| 5019 | *
|
---|
| 5020 | */
|
---|
| 5021 |
|
---|
| 5022 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 5023 | NextPoint(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5024 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5025 | NextPoint(x + nbPtr->tabHeight, y);
|
---|
| 5026 | } else {
|
---|
| 5027 | BottomLeft(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5028 | TopLeft(x, y);
|
---|
| 5029 | }
|
---|
| 5030 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 5031 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 5032 | NextPoint(x - nbPtr->tabHeight, y);
|
---|
| 5033 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5034 | NextPoint(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5035 | } else {
|
---|
| 5036 | TopRight(x, y);
|
---|
| 5037 | BottomRight(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5038 | }
|
---|
| 5039 | } else if (!(tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE)) {
|
---|
| 5040 |
|
---|
| 5041 | /*
|
---|
| 5042 | * Case 2: Selected tab not visible in viewport. Draw folder only.
|
---|
| 5043 | *
|
---|
| 5044 | * * 3+ . . +4
|
---|
| 5045 | * 2+ +5
|
---|
| 5046 | * . .
|
---|
| 5047 | * 1+ +6
|
---|
| 5048 | * 0+------+7
|
---|
| 5049 | *
|
---|
| 5050 | */
|
---|
| 5051 |
|
---|
| 5052 | TopLeft(left, top);
|
---|
| 5053 | TopRight(right, top);
|
---|
| 5054 | BottomRight(right, bottom);
|
---|
| 5055 | BottomLeft(left, bottom);
|
---|
| 5056 | } else {
|
---|
| 5057 | int flags;
|
---|
| 5058 | int tabWidth;
|
---|
| 5059 |
|
---|
| 5060 | x -= nbPtr->xSelectPad;
|
---|
| 5061 | y -= nbPtr->yPad;
|
---|
| 5062 | tabWidth = tabPtr->worldWidth + 2 * nbPtr->xSelectPad;
|
---|
| 5063 |
|
---|
| 5064 | #define CLIP_NONE 0
|
---|
| 5065 | #define CLIP_LEFT (1<<0)
|
---|
| 5066 | #define CLIP_RIGHT (1<<1)
|
---|
| 5067 | flags = 0;
|
---|
| 5068 | if (x < left) {
|
---|
| 5069 | flags |= CLIP_LEFT;
|
---|
| 5070 | }
|
---|
| 5071 | if ((x + tabWidth) > right) {
|
---|
| 5072 | flags |= CLIP_RIGHT;
|
---|
| 5073 | }
|
---|
| 5074 | switch (flags) {
|
---|
| 5075 | case CLIP_NONE:
|
---|
| 5076 |
|
---|
| 5077 | /*
|
---|
| 5078 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 5079 | * |
|
---|
| 5080 | * * 4+ . . +5
|
---|
| 5081 | * 3+ +6
|
---|
| 5082 | * . .
|
---|
| 5083 | * . .
|
---|
| 5084 | * 1+. . .2+---------+7 . . . .+8
|
---|
| 5085 | * 0+ +9
|
---|
| 5086 | * . .
|
---|
| 5087 | * . .
|
---|
| 5088 | *13+ +10
|
---|
| 5089 | * 12+ . . . . . . . . . . . . +11
|
---|
| 5090 | */
|
---|
| 5091 |
|
---|
| 5092 | if (x < (left + nbPtr->corner)) {
|
---|
| 5093 | NextPoint(left, top);
|
---|
| 5094 | } else {
|
---|
| 5095 | TopLeft(left, top);
|
---|
| 5096 | }
|
---|
| 5097 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 5098 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5099 | NextPoint(x + nbPtr->tabHeight + nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5100 | } else {
|
---|
| 5101 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5102 | TopLeft(x, y);
|
---|
| 5103 | }
|
---|
| 5104 | x += tabWidth;
|
---|
| 5105 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 5106 | NextPoint(x - nbPtr->tabHeight - nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5107 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5108 | } else {
|
---|
| 5109 | TopRight(x, y);
|
---|
| 5110 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5111 | }
|
---|
| 5112 | if (x > (right - nbPtr->corner)) {
|
---|
| 5113 | NextPoint(right, top + nbPtr->corner);
|
---|
| 5114 | } else {
|
---|
| 5115 | TopRight(right, top);
|
---|
| 5116 | }
|
---|
| 5117 | BottomRight(right, bottom);
|
---|
| 5118 | BottomLeft(left, bottom);
|
---|
| 5119 | break;
|
---|
| 5120 |
|
---|
| 5121 | case CLIP_LEFT:
|
---|
| 5122 |
|
---|
| 5123 | /*
|
---|
| 5124 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 5125 | * |
|
---|
| 5126 | * * 4+ . . +5
|
---|
| 5127 | * 3+ +6
|
---|
| 5128 | * . .
|
---|
| 5129 | * . .
|
---|
| 5130 | * 2+--------+7 . . . .+8
|
---|
| 5131 | * 1+ . . . +0 +9
|
---|
| 5132 | * . .
|
---|
| 5133 | * . .
|
---|
| 5134 | * 13+ +10
|
---|
| 5135 | * 12+ . . . .+11
|
---|
| 5136 | */
|
---|
| 5137 |
|
---|
| 5138 | NextPoint(left, yBot);
|
---|
| 5139 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 5140 | NextPoint(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5141 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5142 | NextPoint(x + nbPtr->tabHeight + nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5143 | } else {
|
---|
| 5144 | BottomLeft(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5145 | TopLeft(x, y);
|
---|
| 5146 | }
|
---|
| 5147 |
|
---|
| 5148 | x += tabWidth;
|
---|
| 5149 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 5150 | NextPoint(x - nbPtr->tabHeight - nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5151 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5152 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5153 | } else {
|
---|
| 5154 | TopRight(x, y);
|
---|
| 5155 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5156 | }
|
---|
| 5157 | if (x > (right - nbPtr->corner)) {
|
---|
| 5158 | NextPoint(right, top + nbPtr->corner);
|
---|
| 5159 | } else {
|
---|
| 5160 | TopRight(right, top);
|
---|
| 5161 | }
|
---|
| 5162 | BottomRight(right, bottom);
|
---|
| 5163 | BottomLeft(left, bottom);
|
---|
| 5164 | break;
|
---|
| 5165 |
|
---|
| 5166 | case CLIP_RIGHT:
|
---|
| 5167 |
|
---|
| 5168 | /*
|
---|
| 5169 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 5170 | * |
|
---|
| 5171 | * * 9+ . . +10
|
---|
| 5172 | * 8+ +11
|
---|
| 5173 | * . .
|
---|
| 5174 | * . .
|
---|
| 5175 | * 6+ . . . .7+---------+12
|
---|
| 5176 | * 5+ 0+ . . . +13
|
---|
| 5177 | * . .
|
---|
| 5178 | * . .
|
---|
| 5179 | * 4+ +1
|
---|
| 5180 | * 3+ . . . +2
|
---|
| 5181 | */
|
---|
| 5182 |
|
---|
| 5183 | NextPoint(right, yBot);
|
---|
| 5184 | BottomRight(right, bottom);
|
---|
| 5185 | BottomLeft(left, bottom);
|
---|
| 5186 | if (x < (left + nbPtr->corner)) {
|
---|
| 5187 | NextPoint(left, top);
|
---|
| 5188 | } else {
|
---|
| 5189 | TopLeft(left, top);
|
---|
| 5190 | }
|
---|
| 5191 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5192 |
|
---|
| 5193 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 5194 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5195 | NextPoint(x + nbPtr->tabHeight + nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5196 | } else {
|
---|
| 5197 | TopLeft(x, y);
|
---|
| 5198 | }
|
---|
| 5199 | x += tabWidth;
|
---|
| 5200 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 5201 | NextPoint(x - nbPtr->tabHeight - nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5202 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5203 | NextPoint(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5204 | } else {
|
---|
| 5205 | TopRight(x, y);
|
---|
| 5206 | BottomRight(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5207 | }
|
---|
| 5208 | break;
|
---|
| 5209 |
|
---|
| 5210 | case (CLIP_LEFT | CLIP_RIGHT):
|
---|
| 5211 |
|
---|
| 5212 | /*
|
---|
| 5213 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 5214 | * |
|
---|
| 5215 | * * 4+ . . . . . . . . +5
|
---|
| 5216 | * 3+ +6
|
---|
| 5217 | * . .
|
---|
| 5218 | * . .
|
---|
| 5219 | * 1+---------------------+7
|
---|
| 5220 | * 2+ 0+ +9 .+8
|
---|
| 5221 | * . .
|
---|
| 5222 | * . .
|
---|
| 5223 | * 13+ +10
|
---|
| 5224 | * 12+ . . . +11
|
---|
| 5225 | */
|
---|
| 5226 |
|
---|
| 5227 | NextPoint(left, yBot);
|
---|
| 5228 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_LEFT) {
|
---|
| 5229 | NextPoint(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5230 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5231 | NextPoint(x + nbPtr->tabHeight + nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5232 | } else {
|
---|
| 5233 | BottomLeft(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5234 | TopLeft(x, y);
|
---|
| 5235 | }
|
---|
| 5236 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 5237 | if (nbPtr->slant & SLANT_RIGHT) {
|
---|
| 5238 | NextPoint(x - nbPtr->tabHeight - nbPtr->yPad, y);
|
---|
| 5239 | NextPoint(x, yTop);
|
---|
| 5240 | NextPoint(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5241 | } else {
|
---|
| 5242 | TopRight(x, y);
|
---|
| 5243 | BottomRight(x, yBot);
|
---|
| 5244 | }
|
---|
| 5245 | NextPoint(right, yBot);
|
---|
| 5246 | BottomRight(right, bottom);
|
---|
| 5247 | BottomLeft(left, bottom);
|
---|
| 5248 | break;
|
---|
| 5249 | }
|
---|
| 5250 | }
|
---|
| 5251 | EndPoint(pointArr[0].x, pointArr[0].y);
|
---|
| 5252 | for (i = 0; i < nPoints; i++) {
|
---|
| 5253 | WorldToScreen(nbPtr, pointArr[i].x, pointArr[i].y, &x, &y);
|
---|
| 5254 | pointArr[i].x = x;
|
---|
| 5255 | pointArr[i].y = y;
|
---|
| 5256 | }
|
---|
| 5257 | Draw3DFolder(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable, nbPtr->side, pointArr, nPoints);
|
---|
| 5258 | DrawLabel(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable);
|
---|
| 5259 | if (tabPtr->container != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5260 | XRectangle rect;
|
---|
| 5261 |
|
---|
| 5262 | /* Draw a rectangle covering the spot representing the window */
|
---|
| 5263 | GetWindowRectangle(tabPtr, nbPtr->tkwin, FALSE, &rect);
|
---|
| 5264 | XFillRectangles(nbPtr->display, drawable, tabPtr->backGC,
|
---|
| 5265 | &rect, 1);
|
---|
| 5266 | }
|
---|
| 5267 | }
|
---|
| 5268 |
|
---|
| 5269 | static void
|
---|
| 5270 | DrawOuterBorders(nbPtr, drawable)
|
---|
| 5271 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 5272 | Drawable drawable;
|
---|
| 5273 | {
|
---|
| 5274 | /*
|
---|
| 5275 | * Draw 3D border just inside of the focus highlight ring. We
|
---|
| 5276 | * draw the border even if the relief is flat so that any tabs
|
---|
| 5277 | * that hang over the edge will be clipped.
|
---|
| 5278 | */
|
---|
| 5279 | if (nbPtr->borderWidth > 0) {
|
---|
| 5280 | Blt_Draw3DRectangle(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, nbPtr->border,
|
---|
| 5281 | nbPtr->highlightWidth, nbPtr->highlightWidth,
|
---|
| 5282 | Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin) - 2 * nbPtr->highlightWidth,
|
---|
| 5283 | Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin) - 2 * nbPtr->highlightWidth,
|
---|
| 5284 | nbPtr->borderWidth, nbPtr->relief);
|
---|
| 5285 | }
|
---|
| 5286 | /* Draw focus highlight ring. */
|
---|
| 5287 | if (nbPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
|
---|
| 5288 | XColor *color;
|
---|
| 5289 | GC gc;
|
---|
| 5290 |
|
---|
| 5291 | color = (nbPtr->flags & TNB_FOCUS)
|
---|
| 5292 | ? nbPtr->highlightColor : nbPtr->highlightBgColor;
|
---|
| 5293 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(color, drawable);
|
---|
| 5294 | Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(nbPtr->tkwin, gc, nbPtr->highlightWidth,
|
---|
| 5295 | drawable);
|
---|
| 5296 | }
|
---|
| 5297 | }
|
---|
| 5298 |
|
---|
| 5299 | /*
|
---|
| 5300 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5301 | *
|
---|
| 5302 | * DisplayNotebook --
|
---|
| 5303 | *
|
---|
| 5304 | * This procedure is invoked to display the widget.
|
---|
| 5305 | *
|
---|
| 5306 | * Recomputes the layout of the widget if necessary. This is
|
---|
| 5307 | * necessary if the world coordinate system has changed.
|
---|
| 5308 | * Sets the vertical and horizontal scrollbars. This is done
|
---|
| 5309 | * here since the window width and height are needed for the
|
---|
| 5310 | * scrollbar calculations.
|
---|
| 5311 | *
|
---|
| 5312 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5313 | * None.
|
---|
| 5314 | *
|
---|
| 5315 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 5316 | * The widget is redisplayed.
|
---|
| 5317 | *
|
---|
| 5318 | * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5319 | */
|
---|
| 5320 | static void
|
---|
| 5321 | DisplayNotebook(clientData)
|
---|
| 5322 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about widget. */
|
---|
| 5323 | {
|
---|
| 5324 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 5325 | Pixmap drawable;
|
---|
| 5326 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 5327 |
|
---|
| 5328 | nbPtr->flags &= ~TNB_REDRAW;
|
---|
| 5329 | if (nbPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5330 | return; /* Window has been destroyed. */
|
---|
| 5331 | }
|
---|
| 5332 | if (nbPtr->flags & TNB_LAYOUT) {
|
---|
| 5333 | ComputeLayout(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 5334 | nbPtr->flags &= ~TNB_LAYOUT;
|
---|
| 5335 | }
|
---|
| 5336 | if ((nbPtr->reqHeight == 0) || (nbPtr->reqWidth == 0)) {
|
---|
| 5337 | width = height = 0;
|
---|
| 5338 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 5339 | height = nbPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 5340 | } else {
|
---|
| 5341 | width = nbPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 5342 | }
|
---|
| 5343 | if (nbPtr->reqWidth > 0) {
|
---|
| 5344 | width = nbPtr->reqWidth;
|
---|
| 5345 | } else if (nbPtr->pageWidth > 0) {
|
---|
| 5346 | width = nbPtr->pageWidth;
|
---|
| 5347 | }
|
---|
| 5348 | if (nbPtr->reqHeight > 0) {
|
---|
| 5349 | height = nbPtr->reqHeight;
|
---|
| 5350 | } else if (nbPtr->pageHeight > 0) {
|
---|
| 5351 | height = nbPtr->pageHeight;
|
---|
| 5352 | }
|
---|
| 5353 | if (nbPtr->side & SIDE_VERTICAL) {
|
---|
| 5354 | width += nbPtr->pageTop + nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 5355 | height += nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 5356 | } else {
|
---|
| 5357 | height += nbPtr->pageTop + nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 5358 | width += nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->inset2;
|
---|
| 5359 | }
|
---|
| 5360 | if ((Tk_ReqWidth(nbPtr->tkwin) != width) ||
|
---|
| 5361 | (Tk_ReqHeight(nbPtr->tkwin) != height)) {
|
---|
| 5362 | Tk_GeometryRequest(nbPtr->tkwin, width, height);
|
---|
| 5363 | }
|
---|
| 5364 | }
|
---|
| 5365 | if (nbPtr->flags & TNB_SCROLL) {
|
---|
| 5366 | width = VPORTWIDTH(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 5367 | nbPtr->scrollOffset = Blt_AdjustViewport(nbPtr->scrollOffset,
|
---|
| 5368 | nbPtr->worldWidth, width, nbPtr->scrollUnits,
|
---|
| 5369 | BLT_SCROLL_MODE_CANVAS);
|
---|
| 5370 | if (nbPtr->scrollCmdPrefix != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5371 | Blt_UpdateScrollbar(nbPtr->interp, nbPtr->scrollCmdPrefix,
|
---|
| 5372 | (double)nbPtr->scrollOffset / nbPtr->worldWidth,
|
---|
| 5373 | (double)(nbPtr->scrollOffset + width) / nbPtr->worldWidth);
|
---|
| 5374 | }
|
---|
| 5375 | ComputeVisibleTabs(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 5376 | nbPtr->flags &= ~TNB_SCROLL;
|
---|
| 5377 | }
|
---|
| 5378 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(nbPtr->tkwin)) {
|
---|
| 5379 | return;
|
---|
| 5380 | }
|
---|
| 5381 | height = Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 5382 | drawable = Tk_GetPixmap(nbPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(nbPtr->tkwin),
|
---|
| 5383 | Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(nbPtr->tkwin),
|
---|
| 5384 | Tk_Depth(nbPtr->tkwin));
|
---|
| 5385 |
|
---|
| 5386 | /*
|
---|
| 5387 | * Clear the background either by tiling a pixmap or filling with
|
---|
| 5388 | * a solid color. Tiling takes precedence.
|
---|
| 5389 | */
|
---|
| 5390 | if (nbPtr->tile != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5391 | Blt_SetTileOrigin(nbPtr->tkwin, nbPtr->tile, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 5392 | Blt_TileRectangle(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, nbPtr->tile, 0, 0,
|
---|
| 5393 | Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin), height);
|
---|
| 5394 | } else {
|
---|
| 5395 | Blt_Fill3DRectangle(nbPtr->tkwin, drawable, nbPtr->border, 0, 0,
|
---|
| 5396 | Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin), height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
---|
| 5397 | }
|
---|
| 5398 |
|
---|
| 5399 | if (nbPtr->nVisible > 0) {
|
---|
| 5400 | register int i;
|
---|
| 5401 | register Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 5402 | Blt_ChainLink *linkPtr;
|
---|
| 5403 |
|
---|
| 5404 | linkPtr = nbPtr->startPtr->linkPtr;
|
---|
| 5405 | for (i = 0; i < Blt_ChainGetLength(nbPtr->chainPtr); i++) {
|
---|
| 5406 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainPrevLink(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 5407 | if (linkPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5408 | linkPtr = Blt_ChainLastLink(nbPtr->chainPtr);
|
---|
| 5409 | }
|
---|
| 5410 | tabPtr = Blt_ChainGetValue(linkPtr);
|
---|
| 5411 | if ((tabPtr != nbPtr->selectPtr) &&
|
---|
| 5412 | (tabPtr->flags & TAB_VISIBLE)) {
|
---|
| 5413 | DrawFolder(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable);
|
---|
| 5414 | }
|
---|
| 5415 | }
|
---|
| 5416 | DrawFolder(nbPtr, nbPtr->selectPtr, drawable);
|
---|
| 5417 | if (nbPtr->tearoff) {
|
---|
| 5418 | DrawPerforation(nbPtr, nbPtr->selectPtr, drawable);
|
---|
| 5419 | }
|
---|
| 5420 |
|
---|
| 5421 | if ((nbPtr->selectPtr->tkwin != NULL) &&
|
---|
| 5422 | (nbPtr->selectPtr->container == NULL)) {
|
---|
| 5423 | XRectangle rect;
|
---|
| 5424 |
|
---|
| 5425 | GetWindowRectangle(nbPtr->selectPtr, nbPtr->tkwin, FALSE, &rect);
|
---|
| 5426 | ArrangeWindow(nbPtr->selectPtr->tkwin, &rect, 0);
|
---|
| 5427 | }
|
---|
| 5428 | }
|
---|
| 5429 | DrawOuterBorders(nbPtr, drawable);
|
---|
| 5430 | XCopyArea(nbPtr->display, drawable, Tk_WindowId(nbPtr->tkwin),
|
---|
| 5431 | nbPtr->highlightGC, 0, 0, Tk_Width(nbPtr->tkwin), height, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 5432 | Tk_FreePixmap(nbPtr->display, drawable);
|
---|
| 5433 | }
|
---|
| 5434 |
|
---|
| 5435 | /*
|
---|
| 5436 | * From the left edge:
|
---|
| 5437 | *
|
---|
| 5438 | * |a|b|c|d|e| f |d|e|g|h| i |h|g|e|d|f| j |e|d|c|b|a|
|
---|
| 5439 | *
|
---|
| 5440 | * a. highlight ring
|
---|
| 5441 | * b. notebook 3D border
|
---|
| 5442 | * c. outer gap
|
---|
| 5443 | * d. page border
|
---|
| 5444 | * e. page corner
|
---|
| 5445 | * f. gap + select pad
|
---|
| 5446 | * g. label pad x (worldX)
|
---|
| 5447 | * h. internal pad x
|
---|
| 5448 | * i. label width
|
---|
| 5449 | * j. rest of page width
|
---|
| 5450 | *
|
---|
| 5451 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 5452 | * |
|
---|
| 5453 | * |
|
---|
| 5454 | * * 4+ . . +5
|
---|
| 5455 | * 3+ +6
|
---|
| 5456 | * . .
|
---|
| 5457 | * . .
|
---|
| 5458 | * 1+. . .2+ +7 . . . .+8
|
---|
| 5459 | * 0+ +9
|
---|
| 5460 | * . .
|
---|
| 5461 | * . .
|
---|
| 5462 | *13+ +10
|
---|
| 5463 | * 12+-------------------------+11
|
---|
| 5464 | *
|
---|
| 5465 | */
|
---|
| 5466 | static void
|
---|
| 5467 | DisplayTearoff(clientData)
|
---|
| 5468 | ClientData clientData;
|
---|
| 5469 | {
|
---|
| 5470 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 5471 | Tab *tabPtr;
|
---|
| 5472 | Drawable drawable;
|
---|
| 5473 | XPoint pointArr[16];
|
---|
| 5474 | XPoint *pointPtr;
|
---|
| 5475 | int width, height;
|
---|
| 5476 | int left, bottom, right, top;
|
---|
| 5477 | int x, y;
|
---|
| 5478 | int nPoints;
|
---|
| 5479 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 5480 | Tk_Window parent;
|
---|
| 5481 | XRectangle rect;
|
---|
| 5482 |
|
---|
| 5483 | tabPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 5484 | if (tabPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5485 | return;
|
---|
| 5486 | }
|
---|
| 5487 | tabPtr->flags &= ~TAB_REDRAW;
|
---|
| 5488 | nbPtr = tabPtr->nbPtr;
|
---|
| 5489 | if (nbPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5490 | return;
|
---|
| 5491 | }
|
---|
| 5492 | tkwin = tabPtr->container;
|
---|
| 5493 | drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
|
---|
| 5494 |
|
---|
| 5495 | /*
|
---|
| 5496 | * Clear the background either by tiling a pixmap or filling with
|
---|
| 5497 | * a solid color. Tiling takes precedence.
|
---|
| 5498 | */
|
---|
| 5499 | if (nbPtr->tile != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5500 | Blt_SetTileOrigin(tkwin, nbPtr->tile, 0, 0);
|
---|
| 5501 | Blt_TileRectangle(tkwin, drawable, nbPtr->tile, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin),
|
---|
| 5502 | Tk_Height(tkwin));
|
---|
| 5503 | } else {
|
---|
| 5504 | Blt_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, nbPtr->border, 0, 0,
|
---|
| 5505 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
---|
| 5506 | }
|
---|
| 5507 |
|
---|
| 5508 | width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * nbPtr->inset;
|
---|
| 5509 | height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * nbPtr->inset;
|
---|
| 5510 | x = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->gap + nbPtr->corner;
|
---|
| 5511 | y = nbPtr->inset;
|
---|
| 5512 |
|
---|
| 5513 | left = nbPtr->inset;
|
---|
| 5514 | right = nbPtr->inset + width;
|
---|
| 5515 | top = nbPtr->inset + nbPtr->corner + nbPtr->xSelectPad;
|
---|
| 5516 | bottom = nbPtr->inset + height;
|
---|
| 5517 |
|
---|
| 5518 | /*
|
---|
| 5519 | * worldX, worldY
|
---|
| 5520 | * |
|
---|
| 5521 | * * 4+ . . +5
|
---|
| 5522 | * 3+ +6
|
---|
| 5523 | * . .
|
---|
| 5524 | * . .
|
---|
| 5525 | * 1+. . .2+ +7 . . . .+8
|
---|
| 5526 | * 0+ +9
|
---|
| 5527 | * . .
|
---|
| 5528 | * . .
|
---|
| 5529 | *13+ +10
|
---|
| 5530 | * 12+-------------------------+11
|
---|
| 5531 | */
|
---|
| 5532 |
|
---|
| 5533 | nPoints = 0;
|
---|
| 5534 | pointPtr = pointArr;
|
---|
| 5535 |
|
---|
| 5536 | TopLeft(left, top);
|
---|
| 5537 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5538 | TopLeft(x, y);
|
---|
| 5539 | x += tabPtr->worldWidth;
|
---|
| 5540 | TopRight(x, y);
|
---|
| 5541 | NextPoint(x, top);
|
---|
| 5542 | TopRight(right, top);
|
---|
| 5543 | BottomRight(right, bottom);
|
---|
| 5544 | BottomLeft(left, bottom);
|
---|
| 5545 | EndPoint(pointArr[0].x, pointArr[0].y);
|
---|
| 5546 | Draw3DFolder(nbPtr, tabPtr, drawable, SIDE_TOP, pointArr, nPoints);
|
---|
| 5547 |
|
---|
| 5548 | parent = (tabPtr->container == NULL) ? nbPtr->tkwin : tabPtr->container;
|
---|
| 5549 | GetWindowRectangle(tabPtr, parent, TRUE, &rect);
|
---|
| 5550 | ArrangeWindow(tabPtr->tkwin, &rect, TRUE);
|
---|
| 5551 |
|
---|
| 5552 | /* Draw 3D border. */
|
---|
| 5553 | if ((nbPtr->borderWidth > 0) && (nbPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
|
---|
| 5554 | Blt_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, nbPtr->border, 0, 0,
|
---|
| 5555 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), nbPtr->borderWidth,
|
---|
| 5556 | nbPtr->relief);
|
---|
| 5557 | }
|
---|
| 5558 | }
|
---|
| 5559 |
|
---|
| 5560 | /*
|
---|
| 5561 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5562 | *
|
---|
| 5563 | * NotebookCmd --
|
---|
| 5564 | *
|
---|
| 5565 | * This procedure is invoked to process the "notebook" command.
|
---|
| 5566 | * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
---|
| 5567 | *
|
---|
| 5568 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5569 | * A standard Tcl result.
|
---|
| 5570 | *
|
---|
| 5571 | * Side effects:
|
---|
| 5572 | * See the user documentation.
|
---|
| 5573 | *
|
---|
| 5574 | * --------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5575 | */
|
---|
| 5576 | static Blt_OpSpec notebookOps[] =
|
---|
| 5577 | {
|
---|
| 5578 | {"activate", 1, (Blt_Op)ActivateOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5579 | {"bind", 1, (Blt_Op)BindOp, 2, 5, "index ?sequence command?",},
|
---|
| 5580 | {"cget", 2, (Blt_Op)CgetOp, 3, 3, "option",},
|
---|
| 5581 | {"configure", 2, (Blt_Op)ConfigureOp, 2, 0, "?option value?...",},
|
---|
| 5582 | {"delete", 1, (Blt_Op)DeleteOp, 2, 0, "first ?last?",},
|
---|
| 5583 | {"focus", 1, (Blt_Op)FocusOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5584 | {"highlight", 1, (Blt_Op)ActivateOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5585 | {"id", 2, (Blt_Op)IdOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5586 | {"index", 3, (Blt_Op)IndexOp, 3, 5, "string",},
|
---|
| 5587 | {"insert", 3, (Blt_Op)InsertOp, 3, 0, "index ?option value?",},
|
---|
| 5588 | {"invoke", 3, (Blt_Op)InvokeOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5589 | {"move", 1, (Blt_Op)MoveOp, 5, 5, "name after|before index",},
|
---|
| 5590 | {"nearest", 1, (Blt_Op)NearestOp, 4, 4, "x y",},
|
---|
| 5591 | {"perforation", 1, (Blt_Op)PerforationOp, 2, 0, "args",},
|
---|
| 5592 | {"scan", 2, (Blt_Op)ScanOp, 5, 5, "dragto|mark x y",},
|
---|
| 5593 | {"see", 3, (Blt_Op)SeeOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5594 | {"select", 3, (Blt_Op)SelectOp, 3, 3, "index",},
|
---|
| 5595 | {"size", 2, (Blt_Op)SizeOp, 2, 2, "",},
|
---|
| 5596 | {"tab", 1, (Blt_Op)TabOp, 2, 0, "oper args",},
|
---|
| 5597 | {"view", 1, (Blt_Op)ViewOp, 2, 5,
|
---|
| 5598 | "?moveto fract? ?scroll number what?",},
|
---|
| 5599 | };
|
---|
| 5600 |
|
---|
| 5601 | static int nNotebookOps = sizeof(notebookOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec);
|
---|
| 5602 |
|
---|
| 5603 | static int
|
---|
| 5604 | NotebookInstCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 5605 | ClientData clientData; /* Information about the widget. */
|
---|
| 5606 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to report errors back to. */
|
---|
| 5607 | int argc; /* Number of arguments. */
|
---|
| 5608 | char **argv; /* Vector of argument strings. */
|
---|
| 5609 | {
|
---|
| 5610 | Blt_Op proc;
|
---|
| 5611 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 5612 | int result;
|
---|
| 5613 |
|
---|
| 5614 | proc = Blt_GetOp(interp, nNotebookOps, notebookOps, BLT_OP_ARG1, argc,
|
---|
| 5615 | argv, 0);
|
---|
| 5616 | if (proc == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5617 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5618 | }
|
---|
| 5619 | Tcl_Preserve(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 5620 | result = (*proc) (nbPtr, interp, argc, argv);
|
---|
| 5621 | Tcl_Release(nbPtr);
|
---|
| 5622 | return result;
|
---|
| 5623 | }
|
---|
| 5624 |
|
---|
| 5625 | /*
|
---|
| 5626 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5627 | *
|
---|
| 5628 | * NotebookInstDeletedCmd --
|
---|
| 5629 | *
|
---|
| 5630 | * This procedure can be called if the window was destroyed
|
---|
| 5631 | * (tkwin will be NULL) and the command was deleted
|
---|
| 5632 | * automatically. In this case, we need to do nothing.
|
---|
| 5633 | *
|
---|
| 5634 | * Otherwise this routine was called because the command was
|
---|
| 5635 | * deleted. Then we need to clean-up and destroy the widget.
|
---|
| 5636 | *
|
---|
| 5637 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5638 | * None.
|
---|
| 5639 | *
|
---|
| 5640 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 5641 | * The widget is destroyed.
|
---|
| 5642 | *
|
---|
| 5643 | *----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5644 | */
|
---|
| 5645 | static void
|
---|
| 5646 | NotebookInstDeletedCmd(clientData)
|
---|
| 5647 | ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
|
---|
| 5648 | {
|
---|
| 5649 | Notebook *nbPtr = clientData;
|
---|
| 5650 |
|
---|
| 5651 | if (nbPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
|
---|
| 5652 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 5653 |
|
---|
| 5654 | tkwin = nbPtr->tkwin;
|
---|
| 5655 | nbPtr->tkwin = NULL;
|
---|
| 5656 | Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
|
---|
| 5657 | #ifdef ITCL_NAMESPACES
|
---|
| 5658 | Itk_SetWidgetCommand(tkwin, (Tcl_Command) NULL);
|
---|
| 5659 | #endif /* ITCL_NAMESPACES */
|
---|
| 5660 | }
|
---|
| 5661 | }
|
---|
| 5662 |
|
---|
| 5663 | /*
|
---|
| 5664 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5665 | *
|
---|
| 5666 | * NotebookCmd --
|
---|
| 5667 | *
|
---|
| 5668 | * This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command that
|
---|
| 5669 | * corresponds to a widget managed by this module. See the user
|
---|
| 5670 | * documentation for details on what it does.
|
---|
| 5671 | *
|
---|
| 5672 | * Results:
|
---|
| 5673 | * A standard Tcl result.
|
---|
| 5674 | *
|
---|
| 5675 | * Side Effects:
|
---|
| 5676 | * See the user documentation.
|
---|
| 5677 | *
|
---|
| 5678 | * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
| 5679 | */
|
---|
| 5680 | /* ARGSUSED */
|
---|
| 5681 | static int
|
---|
| 5682 | NotebookCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv)
|
---|
| 5683 | ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
|
---|
| 5684 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
|
---|
| 5685 | int argc; /* Number of arguments. */
|
---|
| 5686 | char **argv; /* Argument strings. */
|
---|
| 5687 | {
|
---|
| 5688 | Notebook *nbPtr;
|
---|
| 5689 | Tk_Window tkwin;
|
---|
| 5690 | unsigned int mask;
|
---|
| 5691 | Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
|
---|
| 5692 |
|
---|
| 5693 | if (argc < 2) {
|
---|
| 5694 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
|
---|
| 5695 | " pathName ?option value?...\"", (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 5696 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5697 | }
|
---|
| 5698 | tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), argv[1],
|
---|
| 5699 | (char *)NULL);
|
---|
| 5700 | if (tkwin == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5701 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5702 | }
|
---|
| 5703 | nbPtr = CreateNotebook(interp, tkwin);
|
---|
| 5704 | if (ConfigureNotebook(interp, nbPtr, argc - 2, argv + 2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5705 | Tk_DestroyWindow(nbPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 5706 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5707 | }
|
---|
| 5708 | mask = (ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask);
|
---|
| 5709 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, mask, NotebookEventProc, nbPtr);
|
---|
| 5710 | nbPtr->cmdToken = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, argv[1], NotebookInstCmd,
|
---|
| 5711 | nbPtr, NotebookInstDeletedCmd);
|
---|
| 5712 | #ifdef ITCL_NAMESPACES
|
---|
| 5713 | Itk_SetWidgetCommand(nbPtr->tkwin, nbPtr->cmdToken);
|
---|
| 5714 | #endif
|
---|
| 5715 |
|
---|
| 5716 | /*
|
---|
| 5717 | * Try to invoke a procedure to initialize various bindings on
|
---|
| 5718 | * tabs. Source the file containing the procedure now if the
|
---|
| 5719 | * procedure isn't currently defined. We deferred this to now so
|
---|
| 5720 | * that the user could set the variable "blt_library" within the
|
---|
| 5721 | * script.
|
---|
| 5722 | */
|
---|
| 5723 | if (!Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, "blt::TabnotebookInit", &cmdInfo)) {
|
---|
| 5724 | static char initCmd[] =
|
---|
| 5725 | "source [file join $blt_library tabnotebook.tcl]";
|
---|
| 5726 |
|
---|
| 5727 | if (Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, initCmd) != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5728 | char info[200];
|
---|
| 5729 |
|
---|
| 5730 | sprintf(info, "\n (while loading bindings for %s)", argv[0]);
|
---|
| 5731 | Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, info);
|
---|
| 5732 | Tk_DestroyWindow(nbPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 5733 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5734 | }
|
---|
| 5735 | }
|
---|
| 5736 | if (Tcl_VarEval(interp, "blt::TabnotebookInit ", argv[1], (char *)NULL)
|
---|
| 5737 | != TCL_OK) {
|
---|
| 5738 | Tk_DestroyWindow(nbPtr->tkwin);
|
---|
| 5739 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5740 | }
|
---|
| 5741 | Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(nbPtr->tkwin), TCL_VOLATILE);
|
---|
| 5742 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 5743 | }
|
---|
| 5744 |
|
---|
| 5745 | int
|
---|
| 5746 | Blt_TabnotebookInit(interp)
|
---|
| 5747 | Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
---|
| 5748 | {
|
---|
| 5749 | static Blt_CmdSpec cmdSpec =
|
---|
| 5750 | {
|
---|
| 5751 | "tabnotebook", NotebookCmd,
|
---|
| 5752 | };
|
---|
| 5753 |
|
---|
| 5754 | if (Blt_InitCmd(interp, "blt", &cmdSpec) == NULL) {
|
---|
| 5755 | return TCL_ERROR;
|
---|
| 5756 | }
|
---|
| 5757 | return TCL_OK;
|
---|
| 5758 | }
|
---|
| 5759 |
|
---|
| 5760 | #endif /* NO_TABNOTEBOOK */
|
---|